Меню

Emerson unidrive sp коды ошибок

Ошибки частотного преобразователя EmersonЧастотные преобразователи относятся к сложной промышленной электронике достаточно дорогой и в тоже время широко распространенной по всему миру. На сегодняшний день трудно себе даже представить какое-либо производство, на котором бы не работало данное промышленное оборудование.

К сожалению, в процессе эксплуатации выходит из строя даже самое надежное промышленное оборудование. В данной статье мы разберем частотный преобразователь Emerson, точнее коды ошибок частотного преобразователя Emerson Unidrive M200/201, с полной расшифровкой. Частотники в наше время нашли широкое применения в абсолютно всех сферах промышленности управляя как мини моторами в оргтехнике, так и гигантскими двигателями в горнодобывающей промышленности.

Для простоты общения со столь сложной электроникой все частотные преобразователи оснащены небольшими дисплеями с помощью которых выводятся информационные сообщения с кодами ошибок, расшифровав которые можно сразу же узнать причину ее возникновения. Если учесть распространенность данной промышленной электроники, то появляется острая нужда в расшифровке кодов ошибок частотных преобразователей.

Данная статья даст вам возможность не совершать ошибок, и в добавок поможет самостоятельно определять и устранять ту или иную причину повлекшую за собой аварийную остановку частотных преобразователей Emerson.

Коды ошибок

Диагностика

C.Acc

  • Отказ записи карты памяти

185

  • Отключение C.Acc означает, что электропривод не может получить доступ к энергонезависимой карте памяти. Если это отключение возникает при передаче данных на карту, то записанный файл может быть искажен.
  • Если это отключение возникает при передаче данных в электропривод, то данные могут быть переданы не полностью. Если в электропривод передается файл параметров и при передаче возникло это отключение, то параметры не сохраняются в энергонезависимой памяти и поэтому можно восстановить начальные значения параметров, для этого надо выключить и снова включить питание электропривода.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Проверьте, что карта памяти установлена и вставлена правильно
  2. Замените карту памяти

C.bt

  • Изменение параметра меню 0 нельзя сохранить в карту памяти

177

  • Изменения меню 0 автоматически сохраняются при выходе из режима редактирования.
  • Отключение C.bt возникает, если запись в параметр меню 0 была начата посредством панели управления при выходе из режима редактирования и Pr 11.042 установлен в режим авто или загрузки, но необходимый
  • загрузочный файл не был создан на карте памяти для получения нового значения параметра. Это происходит, когда Pr 11.042 изменен в режим Авто (3) или Загрузка (4), но после этого электропривод не был сброшен.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Проверьте верную настройку Pr 11.042 и сбросьте электропривод для создания нужного файла на карте памяти
  2. Заново попробуйте записать в параметр меню 0

C.by

  • Нельзя получить доступ к карте памяти, так как доступ к ней проводит дополнительный модуль

178

  • Отключение C.by означает, что была сделана попытка доступа к файлу на карте памяти, но к карте памяти уже проводится доступ из дополнительного модуля. Никакие данные не переданы.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Подождите окончания доступа дополнительного модуля к карте памяти и еще раз попробуйте выполнить нужную функцию

C.cPr

  • Файл/данные на карте памяти отличаются от аналогичных в электроприводе

188

  • Было проведено сравнение с файлом на карте памяти, отключение C.cPr возникает, если параметры на карте памяти отличаются от параметров в электроприводе.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Настройте Pr mm.000 в 0 и сбросьте отключение
  2. Проверьте, что правильный блок данных на карте памяти используется для сравнения

C.d.E

  • В ячейке карты памяти уже содержатся данные

179

  • Отключение C.d.E означает, что была сделана попытка сохранить данные на карте памяти в блоке данных, в котором уже есть данные.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Сотрите данные в этой ячейке
  2. Запишите данные в другую ячейку данных

C.dAt

  • Не найдены данные энергонезависимой карты памяти

183

  • Отключение C.dAt означает, что была выполнена попытка доступа к несуществующему файлу или блоку данных на карте памяти.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Проверьте правильность номера блока данных

C.Err

  • Ошибка структуры данных энергонезависимой карты памяти

182

  • Отключение C.Err означает, что была выполнена попытка доступа к карте памяти, но в структуре данных на карте была обнаружена ошибка. Сброс этого отключения заставляет электропривод удалить и создать правильную структуру папки данных. Причину отключения можно определить по дополнительному коду отключения.

отключения

Причина

1

Отсутствует нужная папка и структура файла

2

Файл HEADER.DAT поврежден

3

Два или больше файлов в папке <MCDF>имеют одинаковые идентификационные номера

  • Рекомендованные действия:
  1. Уделите все блоки данных и заново выполните процедуру
  2. Проверьте, что карта вставлена правильно
  3. Замените карту памяти

C.FuL

  • Карта памяти заполнена

184

  • Отключение C.FuL означает, что была выполнена попытка создания блока данных на карте памяти, но в карте не хватает свободного места.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Удалите блок данных или все содержимое карты памяти для создания свободного места
  2. Используйте другую карту памяти

C.OPt

  • Отключение карты памяти; несоответствие дополнительных модулей в электроприводах источника и

180

  • Отключение C.OPt означает, что данные параметров или данные отличий от заводских установок были переданы из карты памяти в электропривод, но в электроприводах источника и приемника (назначения) установлены разные категории дополнительных модулей. Это отключение не прерывает пересылку данных, но выводится предупреждение, что данные для разных дополнительных модулей будут настроены в значения по умолчанию, а не в данные с карты. Это отключение также возникает при попытке сравнения между блоком данных и электроприводом.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Проверьте, что установлен правильный дополнительный модуль.
  2. Нажмите красную кнопку сброса для подтверждения, что параметры в дополнительном модуле будут в своих значениях по умолчанию.
  3. Это отключение можно отменить, если настроить Pr mm.000 в 9666 и выполнить сброс электропривода.

C.Pr

  • Блоки данных карты памяти несовместимы с вариантом электропривода

175

  • Отключение C.Pr возникает при включении питания или доступе к карте памяти, если параметр Модифицированный электропривод (11.028) имеет разное значение в электроприводах источника и приемника. Это отключение можно сбросить и передавать данные в любом направлении между электроприводом и картой памяти.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Используйте другую карту памяти
  2. Это отключение можно отменить, если настроить Pr mm.000 в 9666 и выполнить сброс электропривода

C.rdo

  • В карте памяти установлен бит только чтение

181

  • Отключение C.rdo означает, что была выполнена попытка изменить карту памяти только чтения или блок данных только чтения. Карта памяти работает только для чтения, если в ней установлен флаг только чтение.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Сбросьте флаг только чтения, для этого надо настроить Pr mm.000 в to 9777 и выполнить сброс электропривода. При этом будет сброшен флаг только чтения для всех блоков данных в карте памяти.

C.rtg

  • Отключение карты памяти; электроприводы источника и назначения имеют разные номиналы напряжения и (или) тока

186

  • Отключение C.rtg означает, что данные параметров передаются из карты памяти в электропривод, но в электроприводах источника и назначения разные номиналы тока и (или) напряжения. Это отключение также действует, если выполнена попытка сравнения (при Pr mm.000 настроенном на 8yyy) между блоком данных на карте памяти и электроприводом. Отключение C.rtg не останавливает передачи данных, но является предупреждением, что зависящие от номиналов параметры с атрибутом RA могут быть не переданы в электропривод назначения.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Выполните сброс электропривода для сброса отключения
  2. Убедитесь, что зависящие от номиналов параметры были переданы правильно

C.SI

  • Отключение карты памяти; отказ передачи файла дополнительного модуля

174

  • Отключение C.Sl возникает, если передача файла дополнительного модуля в или из модуля не проведена из-за некорректного ответа дополнительного модуля. Если это отключение произошло, то оно сопровождается дополнительным кодом отключением, указывающим номер слота дополнительного модуля.

C.tyP

  • Набор параметров карты памяти несовместим с текущим режимом электропривода

187

  • Отключение C.tyP возникает при сравнении, если режим электропривода в блоке данных на карте памяти отличается от текущего режима электропривода. Это отключение также возникает при попытке пересылки параметров из карты памяти в электропривод, если рабочий режим в блоке данных недопустим для этого электропривода.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Убедитесь, что электропривод-приемник поддерживает режим работы из файла параметров.
  2. Сбросьте значение в Pr mm.000 и выполните сброс электропривода.
  3. Проверьте, что режим работы электропривода-приемника совпадает с режимом в исходном файле параметров.

cL.A1

  • Потеря тока аналогового входа 1

28

  • Отключение cL.A1 указывает, что обнаружена потеря тока в токовом режиме работы аналогового входа 1 (клемма 2). В режимах 4-20 мА и 20-4 мА потеря тока обнаруживается, если ток падает ниже 3 мА.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Проверьте правильность подключения электропроводки управления
  2. Проверьте отсутствие повреждений электропроводки управления
  3. Проверьте Режим аналогового входа 1 (07.007)
  4. Сигнал тока присутствует и больше 3 мА

CL.bt

  • Отключение инициировано Словом управления (06.042)

35

  • Отключение CL.bt запускается при установке бита 12 в слове управления Pr 06.042 при разрешенном слове управления (Pr 06.043 = On).

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Проверьте значение в Pr 06.042.
  2. Запретите слово управления в параметре Включение слова управления (06.043)
  3. Если бит 12 в слове управления установлен в единицу, от электропривод выполняет отключение по слову управления
  4. Если слово управления разрешено, то это отключение можно сбросить только сбросом бита 12 в нуль

Cur.c

  • Диапазон калибровки тока

231

  • Ошибка диапазона калибровки тока.

Cur.O

  • Ошибка смещения обратной связи по току

225

  • Отключение Cur.O означает, что смещение тока слишком велико для его коррекции.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Убедитесь, что нет никакой возможности протекания то ка в выходных фазах электропривода, если работа электропривода не разрешена
  2. Отказ аппаратуры — обращайтесь к поставщику электропривода.

d.Ch

  • Параметры электропривода изменены

97

  • Активно действие пользователя или запись файловой системы, что изменяет параметры электропривода, а на электропривод была подана команда разрешения, т.е. Привод активен (10.002) = 1.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Убедитесь, что работа электропривода не разрешена при загрузке значений по умолчанию

dEr.E

  • Ошибка файла модификации

246

Доп. код

Причина

1

Файл модификации отличается

2

Файл модификации отсутствует

  • Ошибка файла модификации с дополнительными кодами отключения:

dEr.I

  • Ошибка образа модифицированного изделия

248

  • Отключение dEr.I означает, что в образе модифицированного изделия была обнаружена ошибка. Причину отключения можно определить по дополнительному коду отключения.

Доп. код

Причина

Комментарии

1

Попытка деления на нуль

2

Неопределенное отключение

3

Попытка настройки быстрого доступа к параметру для

несуществующего параметра

4

Попытка доступа к несуществующему параметру

5

Попытка записи в параметр только чтения

6

Попытка записи значения вне диапазона

7

Попытка чтения из параметра только записи.

30

Возник отказ образа, так как либо неверная

контрольная сумма CRC, либо в образе меньше

6 байтов или версия заголовка образа ниже 5

  • Возникает при включении питания электропривода или при программировании образа. Задачи образа не выполняются

31

Для образа требуется больший объем ОЗУ для памяти

и стека, чем может предоставить электропривод.

  • Как 30

32

Образ запросил вызов функции ОС, который больше

максимально разрешенных.

  • Как 30

33

Неверный код ID для образа

  • Как 30

34

Образ модификации был изменен на образ с другим

номером модификации

  • Как 30

40

Запланированная задача не завершилась в отведенное

время и была приостановлена

41

Вызвана неопределенная функция, т.е. функция,

которая не назначена в векторной таблице системы хоста

  • Как 40

51

Отказ проверки контрольной суммы CRC таблицы

настройки главного меню

  • Как 30

52

Отказ проверки контрольной суммы CRC таблицы

настройки меню

  • Как 30

53

Изменена таблица настраиваемого меню

  • Возникает при включении питания электропривода или при программировании образа, когда таблица была изменена. Значения по умолчанию загружены для модифицированного меню и отключение будет возникать, пока параметры электропривода не будут сохранены.

61

Установленный в слоте 1 дополнительный модуль не

разрешен для модифицированного образа

  • Как 30

80

Образ не совместим с платой управления

  • Вызывается из кода образа

81

Образ не совместим с заводским номером платы

управления

  • Как 80
  • Рекомендованные действия:
  1. Обращайтесь в сервисный центр.

dESt

  • Два или более параметров записываются в один и тот же параметр назначения

199

  • Отключение dest означает, что выходные параметры назначения двух или большего числа логических функций (меню 3, 7, 8, 9, 12 или 14) внутри электропривода записывают в один и тот же параметр.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Настройте Pr mm.000 в ‹Destinations› или 12001 и проверьте все показанные в меню параметры на конфликты записи в параметр

dr.CF

  • Конфигурация электропривода

232

  • Код ID аппаратуры не соответствует коду ID программы пользователя.

EEF

  • Были загружены параметры по умолчанию

31

  • Отключение EEF означает, что были загружены значения параметров по умолчанию. Точную причину отключения можно определить по дополнительному коду отключения.

Доп. код

Причина

1

  • Была изменена самая старшая цифра номер версии базы данных внутренних параметров

2

  • Контрольная сумма CRC данных параметров, хранящихся во внутренней энергонезависимой памяти, указывает, что нельзя загрузить достоверный набор параметров

3

  • Режим электропривода, восстановленный из внутренней энергонезависимой памяти, лежит вне разрешенного диапазона для изделия или модифицированный образ не разрешает предыдущий режим электропривода

4

  • Был изменен модифицированный образ электропривода

5

  • Была изменена аппаратура силового блока

6

  • Была изменена аппаратура внутреннего Вх/Вых

7

  • Зарезервирован

8

  • Была изменена аппаратура платы управления

9

  • Отказ контрольной суммы участка ЭСППЗУ без параметров
  • Рекомендованные действия:
  1. Загрузите в электропривод значения по умолчанию и выполните сброс электропривода
  2. Подождите достаточное время для выполнения сохранения перед отключением питания электропривода
  3. Если отключение не устраняется — верните электропривод поставщику

Et

  • Запущено внешнее отключение

6

  • Произошло внешнее отключение Et. Причину отключения можно определить по дополнительному коду отключения, показанному после строки отключения. Смотрите Таблицу ниже. Внешнее отключение можно также запустить, записав значение 6 в Pr 10.038.

Доп. код

Причина

1

  • Внешнее отключение (10.032) = 1
  • Рекомендованные действия:
  1. Проверьте значение в Pr 06.042.
  2. Выберите ‹Dest› (или введите 12001) в Pr mm.000 и проверьте параметр, управляющий Pr 10.032.
  3. Убедитесь, что Pr 10.032 или Pr 10.038 (= 6) не управляется портом последовательной связи

FAN.F

  • Отказ вентилятора

173

  • Рекомендованные действия:
  1. Проверьте, что вентилятор правильно установлен и подключен.
  2. Проверьте, что нет механических помех вращению вентилятора.
  3. Обращайтесь к поставщику электропривода для замены вентилятора.

Fi.Ch

  • Файл изменен

247

  • Рекомендованные действия:
  1. Выключите и включите питание электропривода.

FI.In

  • Несовместимость микропрограммы

237

  • Отключение FI.In означает что микропрограмма пользователя несовместима с микропрограммой силового модуля.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Перепрограммируйте электропривод с помощью последней версии микропрограммы для электропривода Unidrive M200.

HF01

  • Ошибка обработки данных: Аппаратный отказ ЦП
  • Отключение HF01 означает, что произошла ошибка адреса ЦП. Это отключение означает отказ платы управления в электроприводе.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Отказ аппаратуры — обраитесь в сервисный центр или к поставщику электропривода.

HF02

  • Ошибка обработки данных: Отказ управления памятью ЦП
  • Отключение HF02 означает, что произошла ошибка адреса DMAC. Это отключение означает отказ платы управления в электроприводе.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Отказ аппаратуры — обраитесь в сервисный центр или к поставщику электропривода.

HF03

  • Ошибка обработки данных: ЦП обнаружил отказ шины
  • Отключение HF03 означает, что произошла ошибка шины. Это отключение означает отказ платы управления в электроприводе.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Отказ аппаратуры — обраитесь в сервисный центр или к поставщику электропривода.

HF04

  • Ошибка обработки данных: ЦП обнаружил отказ при работе
  • Отключение HF04 означает, что обнаружен отказ при работе. Это отключение означает отказ платы управленияв электроприводе.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Отказ аппаратуры — обраитесь в сервисный центр или к поставщику электропривода.

HF07

  • Ошибка обработки данных: Отказ сторожевого таймера
  • Отключение HF02 означает, что произошла ошибка сторожевого таймера. Это отключение означает отказ платы управления в электроприводе.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Отказ аппаратуры — обраитесь в сервисный центр или к поставщику электропривода.

HF08

  • Ошибка обработки данных: Отказ прерывания ЦП
  • Отключение HF08 означает, что произошла ошибка обработка прерывания ЦП. Это отключение означает отказ платы управления в электроприводе. Уровень отказа можно определить по дополнительному коду отключения.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Отказ аппаратуры — обраитесь в сервисный центр или к поставщику электропривода.

HF09

  • Ошибка обработки данных: Переполнение свободной памяти.
  • Отключение HF09 означает, что произошло переполнение свободной памяти.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Отказ аппаратуры — обраитесь в сервисный центр или к поставщику электропривода.

HF11

  • Ошибка обработки данных: Ошибка связи с энергонезависимой памятью
  • Отключение HF11 означает, что произошла ошибка передачи данных с картой памяти.

Доп. код

Причина

Рекомендованные действия

1

Ошибка связи с энергонезависимой памятью.

  • Отказ аппаратуры — обращайтесь к поставщику электропривода.

2

Размер ЭППЗУ несовместим с микропрограммой пользователя.

  • Перепрограммируйте электропривод совместимой микропрограммой пользователя.

HF12

  • Ошибка обработки данных: переполнение стека главной программы
  • Отключение HF12 означает, что произошло переполнение стека главной программы. Стек может быть идентифицирован по дополнительному коду отключения. Это отключение означает отказ платы управления в электроприводе.

Доп. код

Стек

1

  • Задачи Freewheeling

2

  • Зарезервирован

3

  • Прерывания главной системы
  • Рекомендованные действия:
  1. Отказ аппаратуры — обраитесь в сервисный центр или к поставщику электропривода.

HF16

  • Ошибка обработки данных: Ошибка RTOS
  • Отключение HF16 означает, что произошла ошибка RTOS. Это отключение означает отказ платы управления в электроприводе.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Отказ аппаратуры — обраитесь в сервисный центр или к поставщику электропривода.

HF18

  • Ошибка обработки данных: Отказ внутренней флэш-памяти
  • Отключение HF18 означает отказ внутренней флэш-памяти при записи данных параметров дополнительного модуля. Причину отключения можно определить по дополнительному коду отключения.

Доп. код

Причина

1

  • Таймаут инициализации дополнительного модуля

2

  • Ошибка программирования при записи меню во флэш-память

3

  • Отказ удаления блока флэш-памяти, содержащей меню настройки

4

  • Отказ удаления блока флэш-памяти, содержащей прикладные меню

5

  • Неверная контрольная сумма CRC меню настройки на флэш-памяти

6

  • Неверная контрольная сумма CRC меню приложения на флэш-памяти
  • Рекомендованные действия:
  1. Отказ аппаратуры — обраитесь в сервисный центр или к поставщику электропривода.

HF19

  • Ошибка обработки данных: отказ проверки контрольной суммы CRC микропрограммы
  • Отключение HF19 означает отказ проверки контрольной суммы CRC микропрограммы электропривода.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Перепрограммируйте электропривод.
  2. Отказ аппаратуры — обращайтесь к поставщику электропривода.

It.AC

  • Произошла перегрузка по выходному току (I2t)

20

  • Отключение It.Ac означает перегрев двигателя согласно выходному току (Pr 05.007) и тепловой постоянной времени двигателя (Pr 04.015). Pr 04.019 показывает температуру двигателя в процентах от максимального значения. Электропривод выполняет отключение It.Ac, если Pr 04.019 достигает 100%.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Убедитесь, что нагрузка не застопорила вал двигателя и не залипла
  2. Убедитесь, что нагрузка двигателя не изменилась
  3. Настройте параметр номинальной скорости (Pr 5.008) (только режим RFC-A)
  4. Проверьте, что номинальный ток ток двигателя не настроен на нуль

It.br

  • Произошел перегрев тормозного резистора (I2t)

19

  • Отключение It.br означает, перегрев тормозного резистора. Значение в параметре Тепловой интегратор тормозного резистора (10.039) вычисляется с помощью параметров Номинальная мощность тормозного резистора (10.030), Тепловая постоянная времени тормозного резистора (10.031) и Сопротивление тормозного резистора (10.061). Отключение It.br trip запускается, если параметр Тепловой интегратор тормозного резистора (10.039) достигает 100%.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Проверьте, что в Pr 10.030, Pr 10.031 и Pr 10.061 введены правильные значения
  2. Если используется внешнее устройство защиты от перегрева и не нужен программный контроль перегрузки тормозного резистора, то настройте Pr 10.030, Pr 10.031 или Pr 10.061 в 0 для запрета отключения.

LF.Er

  • Была обнаружена потеря связи / ошибки между силовыми модулями, управлением и выпрямителем

90

  • Это отключение запускается, если нет связи между модулями — силовым, управления или выпрямителем, или обнаружено большое число ошибок связи. Причину отключения можно определить по дополнительному коду отключения.

Источник

xx

y

zz

Описание

Система управления

00

0

01

  • Нет связи между системой управления и силовой системой.

Система управления

00

0

02

  • Много ошибок связи между системой управления и силовой системой.

Система управления

01

1

00

  • Обнаружено слишком много ошибок в модуле выпрямителя.
  • Рекомендованные действия:
  1. Отказ аппаратуры — обращайтесь к поставщику электропривода.

no.PS

  • Нет силовой платы

236

  • Нет связи между силовой платой и платой управления.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Проверьте соединение между силовой платой и платой управления.

O.Ld1

  • Перегрузка цифрового выхода

26

  • Отключение O.Ld1 означает, что полный ток, потребляемый от блока питания 24 В пользователя или от цифрового выхода, превысил предел. Отключение запускается при выполнении следующего условия:
  1. Максимальный выходной ток с одного цифрового выхода равен 100 мА.
  • Рекомендованные действия:
  1. Проверьте полные нагрузки на цифровых выходах
  2. Проверьте правильность электропроводки управления
  3. Проверьте отсутствие повреждений электропроводки выходов

O.SPd

  • Частота вращения двигателя превысила порог макс. частоты

7

  • Если в режиме разомкнутого контура Задание после рампы (02.001) превышает порог в параметре Порог превышения частоты (03.008) в любом направлении, то выполняется отключение O.SPd. Если в режиме RFC-A Расчетная частота (03.002) превышает Порог превышения частоты в Pr 03.008 в любом направлении, то выполняется отключение O.SPd. Если Pr 03.008 настроен в 0,00, то порог будет равен 1,2 x значение параметра Pr 01.006.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Уменьшите Коэфф. усиления пропорционального звена регулятора частоты (03.010) для снижения выброса скорости (только режим RFC-A)
  2. Проверьте, что двигатель не вращается от механической нагрузки

Oh.br

  • Перегрев тормозного IGBT

101

  • Отключение перегрева Oh.br означает, что по тепловой программной модели был обнаружен перегрев тормозного IGBT.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Проверьте, что сопротивление тормозного резистора не меньше минимально допустимого значения сопротивления

Oh.dc

  • Перегрев звена постоянного тока

27

  • Отключение Oh.dc означает перегрев компонентов звена постоянного тока согласно программной тепловой модели. В электроприводе есть система тепловой защиты для защиты компонентов звена постоянного тока.
  • Она учитывает влияние выходного тока и колебаний напряжения в звене постоянного тока. Расчетная температура показана в виде процентов от уровня отключения в параметре in Pr 07.035. Если этот параметр достигает 100%,   то выполняется отключение Oh.dc. Электропривод пытается остановить двигатель перед отключением.
  • Если двигатель не остановится за 10 секунд, то электропривод немедленно отключается.

Источник

xx

y

zz

Описание

Система управления

00

2

00

  • Тепловая модель звена пост. тока дает отключение с дополнительным кодом отключения 0
  • Рекомендованные действия:
  1. Проверьте дисбаланс и уровни напряжения электропитания.
  2. Проверьте уровень пульсаций на звене пост. тока
  3. Уменьшите время нагрузки
  4. Уменьшите нагрузку двигателя
  5. Проверьте стабильность выходного тока. Если ток нестабилен;
  6. Сравните настройки карты двигателя с шильдиком двигателя (Pr 05.006, Pr 05.007, Pr 05.008, Pr 05.009, Pr 05.010, Pr 05.011) – (все режимы)
  7. Запретите компенсацию скольжения (Pr 05.027 = 0) – (разомкнутый контур) Запретите динамический режим работы V/F (Pr 05.013 = 0) — (разомкнутый контур) Выберите неизменную форсировку (Pr 05.014 = Fixed) – (разомкнутый контур)
  8. Выберите высокостабильную модуляция пространственного вектора (Pr 05.020 = 1) – (разомкнутый контур) Отсоедините нагрузку и выполните автонастройку с вращением вала (Pr 05.012)
  9. Снизьте коэффициенты усиления регулятора частоты (Pr 03.010, Pr 03.011, Pr 03.012) – (RFC-A)

Oht.C

  • Перегрев блока управления

219

  • Это отключение указывает, что был обнаружен перегрев платы управления, если параметр управления вентилятором охлаждения (06.045) = 0.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Улучшите вентиляцию за счет настройки управления вентилятора охлаждения (06.045) > 0.

Oht.I

  • Перегрев инвертора согласно тепловой модели

21

  • Это отключение означает, что согласно тепловой модели был обнаружен перегрев перехода транзистора IGBT.

Источник

xx

y

zz

Описание

Система управления

00

1

00

  • Тепловая модель инвертора дает отключение {OHt.I} с дополнительным кодом отключения 0
  • Рекомендованные действия:
  1. Снизьте выбранную частоту ШИМ электропривода
  2. Проверьте, что запрет автоматического изменения частоты ШИМ (05.035) настроен в OFF
  3. Уменьшите время нагрузки
  4. Уменьшите величины ускорения/замедления
  5. Уменьшите нагрузку двигателя
  6. Проверьте уровень пульсаций на звене пост. тока
  7. Проверьте, что все три фазы присутствуют и симметричны

Oht.P

  • Перегрев силового каскада

22

  • Это отключение означает, что был обнаружен перегрев силового каскада. В дополнительном коде отключения ‹xxyzz› расположение термистора указано символами ‹zz›.

Источник

xx

y

zz

Описание

Силовая система

01

0

zz

  • Размещение термистора в электроприводе определяется величиной zz
  • Рекомендованные действия:
  1. Проверьте, что вентиляторы шкафа / электропривода работают нормально
  2. Задайте принудительную работу вентиляторов радиатора на полной скорости
  3. Проверьте каналы для вентиляции шкафа
  4. Проверьте фильтры в дверце шкафа
  5. Усильте вентиляцию
  6. Снизьте частоту ШИМ электропривода
  7. Уменьшите время нагрузки
  8. Уменьшите величины ускорения/замедления
  9. Уменьшите нагрузку двигателя
  10. Проверьте таблицы снижения номиналов и убедитесь, что номиналы электропривода соответствуют системе.
  11. Используйте электропривод с большими номиналами тока / мощности

Oht.r

  • Перегрев выпрямителя

102

  • Отключение Oht.r означает, что был обнаружен перегрев выпрямителя. Расположение термистора может быть определено по дополнительному коду отключения.

Источник

xx

y

zz

Описание

Силовая система

Номер силового модуля

Номер выпрямителя

zz

Размещение термистора, указанное в zz

  • Рекомендованные действия:
  1. Проверьте изоляцию двигателя и кабеля двигателя с помощью тестера изоляции
  2. Установите выходной реактор или синусный фильтр
  3. Заставьте вентиляторы радиатора работать на макс. скорости, настроив Pr 06.045 = 1
  4. Проверьте, что вентиляторы шкафа / электропривода работают нормально
  5. Проверьте каналы для вентиляции шкафа
  6. Проверьте фильтры в дверце шкафа
  7. Усильте вентиляцию
  8. Уменьшите величины ускорения/замедления
  9. Уменьшите время нагрузки
  10. Уменьшите нагрузку двигателя

OI.A1

  • Превышение тока аналогового входа 1

189

  • Входной ток на аналоговом входе 1 превысил 24 мА.

OI.AC

  • Обнаружено мгновенное превышение выходного тока

3

  • Мгновенное значение выходного тока электропривода превысило VM_DRIVE_CURRENT_MAX.

Источник

xx

y

zz

Описание

Система управления

00

0

00

  • Отключение по мгновенному сверхтоку, если измеренный переменный ток превысил VM_DRIVE_CURRENT[MAX].
  • Рекомендованные действия/проверки:
  1. Уменьшите величины ускорения/замедления
  2. Если возникло при автонастройке, снизьте форсировку напряжения
  3. Проверьте отсутствие короткого замыкания в выходном кабеле
  4. Проверьте целостность изоляции двигателя с помощью тестера изоляции
  5. Не превышает ли длина кабеля двигателя предел для данного габарита?
  6. Снизьте значения параметров коэф. усиления регулятора частоты — (Pr 03.010, 03.011, 03.012) или (Pr 03.013, 03.014, 03.015)
  7. Снизьте значения параметров коэф. усиления регулятора тока

OI.br

  • Обнаружено превышение тока тормозного IGBT: сработала защита от короткого замыкания тормозного IGBT

4

  • Отключение OI.br означает, что было обнаружено превышение тока тормозного IGBT или сработала защита тормозного IGBT.

Источник

xx

y

zz

Описание

Силовая система

01

0

00

  • Мгновенное отключение по сверхтоку тормозного IGBT
  • Рекомендованные действия:
  1. Проверьте проводку тормозного резистора
  2. Проверьте, что сопротивление тормозного резистора не меньше минимально допустимого значения сопротивления
  3. Проверьте изоляцию тормозного резистора

OI.dC

  • Обнаружено превышение тока силового модуля при контроле напряжения на открытом транзисторе IGBT

109

  • Отключение OI.dc означает, что сработала защита выходного каскада электропривода от короткого замыкания.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Отсоедините кабель двигателя от электропривода и проверьте изоляцию двигателя и кабеля с помощью тестера изоляции
  2. Замените электропривод

OI.Sn

  • Обнаружено превышение тока подавителя выбросов

92

  • Это отключение означает, что в цепи снаббера выпрямителя было обнаружено превышение тока. Причину отключения можно определить по дополнительному коду отключения.

Источник

xx

y

zz

Описание

Силовая система

01

1

00

  • Обнаружено отключение по превышению току снаббера выпрямителя.
  • Рекомендованные действия:
  1. Убедитесь, что установлен внутренний фильтр ЭМС
  2. Убедитесь, что длина кабеля двигателя не превысила максимальную для выбранной частоты ШИМ
  3. Проверьте дисбаланс фаз питания
  4. Проверьте отсутствие искажений питания, например, провалов от электропривода постоянного тока
  5. Проверьте изоляцию двигателя и кабеля двигателя с помощью тестера изоляции
  6. Установите выходной реактор или синусный фильтр

OI.SC

  • Короткое замыкание на выходе фазы

228

  • На выходе разрешенного к работе электропривода обнаружено превышение тока. Возможен отказ заземления двигателя.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Проверьте отсутствие короткого замыкания в выходном кабеле
  2. Проверьте целостность изоляции двигателя с помощью тестера изоляции
  3. Не превышает ли длина кабеля двигателя предел для данного габарита?

OPt.d

  • Дополнительный модуль не выдал подтверждения при переключении режима электропривода

215

  • Отключение OPt.d означает, что дополнительный модуль не подал подтверждение в положенное время, уведомляя электропривод об остановке передачи данных при переключении режима электропривода.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Сбросьте отключение
  2. Если отключение не исчезает, замените дополнительный модуль

Out.P

  • Обнаружена потеря фазы на выходе

98

  • Отключение Out.P означает, что на выходе электропривода обнаружена потеря фазы. Если Разрешение обнаружения потери фазы на выходе (06.059) = 1, то потеря фазы на выходе обнаруживается так:
  1. Если работа электропривода разрешена, то подаются короткие импульсы для проверки подключения всех выходных фаз.
  2. Во время работы контролируется выходной ток и условие потери фазы на выходе обнаруживается, если в токе содержится больше чем (будет указано)% обратной последовательности фаз.
  • Рекомендованные действия:
  1. Проверьте соединения двигателя и электропривода.
  2. Для запрета отключения настройте Разрешение обнаружения потери фазы на выходе (06.059) = 0

OV

  • Напряжение звена постоянного тока превысило пиковый уровень или на 15 секунд превысило

2

  • Отключение OV означает, что напряжение звена пост. тока превысило VM_DC_VOLTAGE[MAX] или VM_DC_VOLTAGE_SET[MAX] на 15 сек. Порог отключения зависит от номинального напряжения электропривода, как показано ниже.

Номинальное напряжение

VM_DC_VOLTAGE[MAX]

VM_DC_VOLTAGE_SET[MAX]

100

415

410

200

415

410

400

830

815

  • Идентификация дополнительного кода отключения

Источник

xx

y

zz

Система управления

00

0

  • 01: Мгновенное отключение, когда напряжение звена пост. тока превышает VM_DC_VOLTAGE[MAX].

Система управления

00

0

  • 02: Задержанное по времени отключение, когда напряжение звена пост. тока превышает VM_DC_VOLTAGE_SET[MAX].

Силовая система

01

0

  • 00: Мгновенное отключение, когда напряжение звена пост. тока превышает VM_DC_VOLTAGE[MAX].
  • Рекомендованные действия:
  1. Увеличьте рампу замедления (Pr 00.004)
  2. Уменьшите величину тормозного резистора (но не ниже минимального значения)
  3. Проверьте колебания питания, которые могут вызвать повышения напряжения звена постоянного тока
  4. Проверьте дисбаланс питания, который может вызвать повышение напряжения звена пост. тока
  5. Проверьте изоляцию двигателя с помощью тестера изоляции

P.dAt

  • Ошибка данных конфигурации силовой системы

220

  • Отключение P.dAt означает, что имеется ошибка в данных конфигурации, хранящемся в силовой системе.

Источник

xx

y

zz

Описание

Система управления

00

0

01

  • Не получено никаких данных с платы силового модуля.

Система управления

00

0

02

  • Нет таблицы данных в узле 1.

Система управления

00

0

03

  • Таблица данных силовой системы больше места, доступного в блоке управления для ее хранения.

Система управления

00

0

04

  • В таблице указан неправильный размер.

Система управления

00

0

05

  • Ошибка контрольной суммы CRC таблицы.

Система управления

00

0

06

  • Слишком низкий номер версии программного генератора, который создал таблицу.

Система управления

0

0

07

  • Отказ сохранения таблицы силовых данных на силовой плате.

Силовая система

01

0

00

  • Ошибка в таблице силовых данных, используемых внутри силового модуля.

Силовая система

01

0

01

  • Ошибка в таблице силовых данных, которая выгружена в систему управления при включении питания.

Силовая система

01

0

02

  • Таблице силовых данных, используемых внутри силового модуля, не соответствует идентификатору аппаратуры силового модуля.
  • Рекомендованные действия:
  1. Отказ аппаратуры — обращайтесь к поставщику электропривода.

PAd

  • Панель снята, а электропривод получает задание с панели

34

  • Отключение PAd означает, что электропривод находится в режиме управления с панели [Селектор задания (01.014) = 4 или 6] и панель была снята или отсоединена от электропривода.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Установите панель на место и выполните сброс
  2. Измените Селектор задания (01.014) для выбора задания с другого источника

Pb.bt

  • Силовая плата в режиме загрузки

245

  • Силовая плата в режиме загрузки

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Пошлите на силовую плату файл микропрограммы для перепрограммирования силовой платы и затем выключите, и включите питание электропривода

Pb.Er

  • Была обнаружена потеря связи / ошибки между силовыми модулями и управлением

93

  • Отключение Pb.Er запускается, если нет передачи данных между силовым блоком и платой управления. Причину отключения можно определить по дополнительному коду отключения.

Доп. код

Причина

1

  • Контур ФАПЧ вышел из синхронизма

2

  • Потеряна связь силовой платы с платой интерфейса

3

  • Потеряна связь платы интерфейса с силовой платой

4

  • Ошибка контрольной суммы передаваемых данных
  • Рекомендованные действия:
  1. Отказ аппаратуры — обраитесь в сервисный центр или к поставщику электропривода.

Pb.HF

  • Аппаратный отказ силовой платы

235

  • Отказ аппаратуры процессора силовой платы.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Отказ аппаратуры — обраитесь в сервисный центр или к поставщику электропривода.

Pd.S

  • Ошибка сохранения при отключении питания

37

  • Отключение Pd.S означает, что при сохранении параметров в энергонезависимой памяти при отключении питания была обнаружена ошибка.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Выполните сохранение 1001 в Pr mm.000, чтобы устранить появление отключения при следующем включении питания электропривода.

PH.Lo

  • Потеря фазы питания

32

  • Отключение PH.Lo означает, что электропривод обнаружил потерю фазы на входе или большой дисбаланс фаз питания. Электропривод пытается остановить двигатель перед запуском отключения. Если двигатель не остановится за 10 секунд, то немедленно выполняется отключение. Отключение PH.Lo работает за счет контроля уровня пульсации напряжения на звене постоянного тока электропривода, если эти пульсации превысят предел, то электропривод отключится по PH.Lo. Возможными причинами пульсации напряжения на звене постоянного тока являются потеря фазы питания, большой дисбаланс фаз питания и сильная нестабильность выходного тока.

Источник

xx

y

zz

Система управления

00

0

  • 00: Потеря фазы обнаружена по сигналу обратной связи системы управления. Электропривод стремится остановить двигатель перед отключением кроме случая, когда бит 2 Действие при обнаружении отключения (10.037) настроен в 1.
  • Обнаружение потери фазы на входе можно запретить, если электропривод должен работать от питания постоянного тока или от однофазного питания в параметре Режим обнаружения потери фазы питания (06.047).

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Проверьте дисбаланс и уровни переменного напряжения электропитания при полной нагрузке
  2. Проверьте уровень пульсаций на звене пост. тока с помощью изолированного осциллографа
  3. Проверьте стабильность выходного тока.
  4. Уменьшите время нагрузки
  5. Уменьшите нагрузку двигателя
  6. Запретите обнаружение потери фазы, настроив Pr 06.047 в 2.

PSU

  • Отказ внутреннего блока питания

5

  • Отключение PSU означает, что один или несколько внутренних шин питания вышли за пределы или перегружены.

Источник

xx

y

zz

Описание

Система управления

00

0

00

  • Перегрузка внутреннего блока питания.

Силовая система

01

1

  • Рекомендованные действия:
  1. Снимите дополнительный модуль и выполните сброс
  2. Аппаратный отказ в электроприводе — верните электропривод поставщику

r.ALL

  • Ошибка выделения ОЗУ

227

Размер параметра

Значение

1 бит

1

8 бит

2

16 бит

3

32 бита

4

64 бита

5

Тип параметра

Значение

Энергозависимый

0

Сохранение пользователем

1

Сохранение по отключению

2

Подмассив

Меню

Значение

Модифицированный образ

29

2

Настройка дополнительного модуля в слоте 1

15

4

  • Отключение r.ALL означает, что дополнительный модуль или модифицированный образ запросил больший объем ОЗУ для параметров, чем разрешено. Распределение ОЗУ проверяется в порядке номеров итоговых дополнительных кодов отключений, так что будет указан отказ с наивысшим дополнительным кодом отключения. Дополнительный код отключения вычисляется как (размер параметра) + (тип параметра) + номер подмассива.

r.b.ht

  • Перегрев выпрямителя/тормоза

250

  • Обнаружен перегрев входного выпрямителя или тормозного IGBT.

rS

  • Измеренное сопротивление превысило диапазон параметра

33

  • Отключение rS означает, что измеренное во время теста автонастройки сопротивление статора превысило максимальное возможное значение для Сопротивление статора (05.017).
  • Автонастройка с неподвижным валом запускается с помощью функции автонастройки (Pr 05.012) или в векторном режиме с разомкнутым контуром (Pr 05.014) по первой команде работы после включения питания 4 (Ur_I) или при каждой команде работы в режимах 0 (Ur_S) или 3 (Ur_Auto). Это отключение может возникнуть, если двигатель очень мал в сравнении с номиналами электропривода.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Проверьте кабель двигателя/подключения
  2. Проверьте целостность обмотки статора двигателя с помощью тестера изоляции
  3. Проверьте сопротивление между фазами двигателя на клеммах электропривода
  4. Проверьте сопротивление между фазами двигателя на клеммах двигателя
  5. Убедитесь, что сопротивление статора двигателя попадает в диапазон для этой модели электропривода
  6. Выберите режим неизменной форсировки (Pr 05.014 = Fd) и проверьте кривые выходного тока на осциллографе
  7. Замените двигатель

SCL

  • Произошел таймаут слова управления сторожевого таймера

30

  • Отключение SCL означает, что было разрешено слово управления и время вышло

SL.dF

  • Изменился дополнительный модуль в слоте 1

204

  • Отключение SL.dF означает, что дополнительный модуль в слоте 1 электропривода имеет другой тип по отношению к установленному, когда параметры последний раз сохранялись в электроприводе. Причину отключения можно определить по дополнительному коду отключения.

Доп. код

Причина

1

  • Ранее не было установлено никакого модуля

2

  • Установлен модуль с тем же идентификатором, но меню настройки для этого слота дополнительного модуля было изменено, и поэтому для этого меню были загружены параметры по умолчанию.

3

  • Установлен модуль с тем же идентификатором, но меню приложений для этого слота дополнительного модуля было изменено, и поэтому для этого меню были загружены параметры по умолчанию.

4

  • Установлен модуль с тем же идентификатором, но меню настройки и приложений для этого слота дополнительного модуля было изменено, и поэтому для этих меню были загружены параметры по умолчанию.

>99

  • Показывает идентификатор ранее установленного модуля.
  • Рекомендованные действия:
  1. Выключите питание, проверьте, что в слот установлен правильный дополнительный модуль и вновь включите питание.
  2. Подтвердите, что установлен правильный дополнительный модуль, убедитесь в правильной настройке параметров дополнительного модуля и выполните сохранение пользователя в Pr mm.000.

SL.Er

  • Дополнительный модуль в слоте 1 обнаружил отказ

202

  • Отключение SL.Er означает, что дополнительный модуль в слоте 1 электропривода обнаружил ошибку. Причину отключения можно определить по дополнительному коду отключения.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Описание отключения смотрите в соответствующем Руководстве пользователя дополнительного модуля

SL.HF

  • Отказ аппаратуры дополнительного модуля 1

200

  • Отключение SL.HF означает, что дополнительный модуль в слоте 1 электропривода обнаружил ошибку аппаратуры. Возможные причины отключения можно определить по дополнительному коду отключения.

Доп. код

Причина

1

  • Не удается определить категорию модуля

2

  • Не предоставлена вся нужная информация таблицы настроенного меню или предоставленные таблицы повреждены

3

  • Недостаточно памяти для выделения буферов передачи данных для этого модуля

4

  • Модуль не указал, что он правильно работает во время включения питания

5

  • Модуль был снят после включения питания или он прекратил работать

6

  • Модуль не указал, что он прекратил доступ к параметрам электропривода во время изменения режима электропривода

7

  • Модуль не смог подтвердить, что был выполнен запрос на сброс процессора электропривода
  • Рекомендованные действия:
  1. Проверьте правильность установки дополнительного модуля
  2. Замените дополнительный модуль
  3. Замените электропривод

SL.nF

  • Снят дополнительный модуль в слоте 1

203

  • Отключение SL.nF означает, что дополнительный модуль в слоте 1 электропривода был снят после последнего включения питания.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Проверьте правильность установки дополнительного модуля.
  2. Заново установите дополнительный модуль.
  3. Для подтверждения того, что снятый дополнительный модуль больше не нужен, выполните функцию сохранения в Pr mm.000.

SL.tO

  • Ошибка службы сторожевого таймера дополнительного модуля

201

  • Отключение SL.tO означает, что установленный в слоте 1 дополнительный модуль запустил службу сторожевого таймера модуля и затем не смог правильно обслужить сторожевой таймер.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Замените дополнительный модуль

So.St

  • Отказ замыкания реле плавного пуска, отказ монитора плавного пуска

226

  • Отключение So.St означает, что реле плавного пуска в электроприводе не смогло замкнуться или произошел отказ цепи контроля плавного пуска.
  • Причину отключения можно определить по дополнительному коду отключения.

Доп. код

Причина

1

  • Отказ плавного пуска

2

  • Отказ конденсатора звена пост. тока на электроприводе 110 В (только габарит 2)
  • Рекомендованные действия:
  1. Отказ аппаратуры — обраитесь в сервисный центр или к поставщику электропривода.

St.HF

  • Во время последнего отключения питания произошло аппаратное отключение

221

  • Отключение St.HF означает, что произошло аппаратное отключение (HF01 – HF19) и выполнен цикл выключения- включения питания электропривода. Дополнительный код отключения указывает отключение HF, например, запомненное HF.19.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Введите 1299 в Pr mm.000 и нажмите кнопку сброса для сброса отключения

th

  • Перегрев термистора двигателя

24

  • Отключение th означает, что термистор двигателя, подключенный к клемме 14 (цифровой вход 5) на колодке цепей управления, обнаружил перегрев двигателя.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Проверьте температуру двигателя
  2. Проверьте целостность цепи термистора

th.br

  • Перегрев тормозного резистора

10

  • Отключение th.br запускается, если подключена аппаратная система контроля нагрева тормозного резистора и резистор перегрелся. Если тормозной резистор не используется, то это отключение нужно запретить с помощью бита 3 в Действие при обнаружении отключения (10.037) для предотвращения этого отключения.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Проверьте проводку тормозного резистора
  2. Проверьте, что сопротивление тормозного резистора не меньше минимально допустимого значения сопротивления
  3. Проверьте изоляцию тормозного резистора

tH.Fb

  • Отказ внутреннего термистора

218

  • Отключение tH.Fb означает, что произошел отказ внутреннего термистора. Расположение термистора может быть определено по дополнительному коду отключения.

Источник

xx

y

zz

Силовая система

01

0

  • Размещение термистора, указанное в zz
  • Рекомендованные действия:
  1. Отказ аппаратуры — обраитесь в сервисный центр или к поставщику электропривода.

thS

  • Короткое замыкание термистора двигателя

25

  • Отключение thS означает, что термистор двигателя, подключенный к клемме 14 (цифровой вход 5) на колодке цепей управления, находится в состоянии короткого замыкания или низкого импеданса (< 50 Ом).

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Проверьте целостность цепи термистора
  2. Замените двигатель / термистор двигателя

tun.S

  • Автонастройка остановлена до завершения

18

  • Электропривод не смог завершить тест автонастройки, так как был снят сигнал разрешения работы электропривода или пуска электропривода.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Проверьте, что сигнал разрешения (клемма 11) был активен во время процедуры автонастройки

TunE

  • Измеренный момент инерции превысил диапазон параметра

13

  • Электропривод отключился при выполнении автонастройки с вращением вала или измерения механической нагрузки. Причину отключения можно определить по дополнительному коду отключения.

Доп. код

Причина

1

  • При измерении механической нагрузки измеренный момент инерции превысил диапазон параметра
  • Рекомендованные действия:
  1. Проверьте правильность подключения кабеля двигателя

U.OI

  • OI ac пользователя

8

  • Прерывание U.OI запускается, если выходной ток электропривода превышает уровень отключения, заданный в параметре Уровень отключения по сверхтоку пользователя (04.041).

U.S

  • Ошибка сохранения пользователя / не выполнено

36

  • Отключение U.S означает, что при сохранении параметров пользователя в энергонезависимой памяти была обнаружена ошибка. Например, после команды сохранения пользователя, если питание электропривода было отключено в момент сохранения параметров пользователя.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Выполните сохранение пользователя 1001 в Pr mm.000, чтобы устранить появление отключения при следующем включении питания электропривода.
  2. Обеспечьте достаточное время для завершения сохранения перед отключением питания электропривода.

US.24

  • Питание пользователя 24 В отсутствует на клеммах управления (1, 2)

91

  • Отключение US.24 запускается, если параметр Выбор питания пользователя (06.072) настроен в 1 и на входе питания 24 В адаптера AI-Backup нет никакого питаняи пользователя 24 В.

    Рекомендованные действия:

  1. Проверьте, что напряжение питания пользователя 24 В присутствует на клеммах пользователя на адаптере интерфейса.

Таблица отключений (ошибок) частотного преобразователя. Увеличте для просмотра кодов ошибок ЧП Emerson

Компания «Кернел» производит ремонт промышленной электроники и оборудования с 2002 года. За это время мы накопили колоссальный опыт в том числе опыт в ремонте частотных преобразователей. Логотип компании 'Кернел'Ремонт подобной промышленной электроники ответственное и сложное занятие, требующие максимальной отдачи, профессионализма и максимально полной материальной базе.

Специалисты нашего сервисного центра уделяют максимальное внимание к качеству исполнения ремонта, программирования и настройке промышленного преобразователя частоты, не зависимо от производителя данного промышленного оборудования. Именно поэтому мы смело даем гарантию на все выполненные работы шесть месяцев.

Ремонт частотного преобразователя Emerson производится исключительно с использованием оригинальных запасных частей, на компонентном уровне с применением высокотехнологичного оборудования, квалифицированным персоналом с инженерным образованием.

Если на вашем производстве появились проблемы с частотным преобразователем, которые вы не можете решить самостоятельно, мы всегда рады вам помочь. Обращайтесь в сервисный центр «Кернел». Специалисты нашей компании в минимальные сроки проведут глубокую диагностику и последующий ремонт частотного преобразователя. Оставьте заказ на ремонт оборудования используя форму на сайте, либо свяжетесь с нашими менеджерами, сделать это очень просто.

У вас остались вопросы, связанные с ремонтом, сбросом ошибок, программированием и настройкой частотных преобразователей? Задайте их нашим менеджерам. Связаться с ними можно несколькими способами:

Далеко не полный список производителей промышленной электроники и оборудования, ремонтируемой в нашей компании.

  • Contents

  • Table of Contents

  • Bookmarks

Quick Links

Advanced User Guide

U

Universal Variable Speed AC

Drive for induction and servo

motors

Part Number: 0471-0002-10

www.controltechniques.com

loading

Related Manuals for Emerson unidrive sp

Summary of Contents for Emerson unidrive sp

  • Page 1
    Advanced User Guide Universal Variable Speed AC Drive for induction and servo motors Part Number: 0471-0002-10 Issue: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 2
    General Information The manufacturer accepts no liability for any consequences resulting from inappropriate, negligent or incorrect installation or adjustment of the optional operating parameters of the equipment or from mismatching the variable speed drive with the motor. The contents of this guide are believed to be correct at the time of printing. In the interests of a commitment to a policy of continuous development and improvement, the manufacturer reserves the right to change the specification of the product or its performance, or the contents of the guide, without notice.
  • Page 3: Table Of Contents

    Menu 4: Torque and current control ………………..88 5.6.1 Open-loop ……………………………. 89 5.6.2 Closed-loop vector …………………………90 5.6.3 Servo …………………………….91 5.6.4 Regen …………………………….92 5.6.5 Parameter descriptions ………………………… 93 Menu 5: Motor control ……………………109 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 4: Table Of Contents

    Solutions module parameters ……………………..367 Macros ……………………368 Introduction ……………………….368 6.1.1 Fundamental differences between Unidrive SP and Unidrive Classic …………..370 Macro 1 — Easy Mode ……………………371 Macro 2 — Motorized potentiometer ………………..374 Macro 3 — Preset speeds ……………………378 Macro 4 — Torque control ……………………

  • Page 5: Table Of Contents

    Speed loop …………………………..413 9.6.2 Current loop …………………………..413 Rotor Flux Control (RFC) mode…………….414 10.1 Introduction ……………………….414 10.2 Setting up the RFC mode ……………………414 10.3 Further Tuning ………………………414 10.4 Other Considerations …………………….414 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 6: Parameter Structure

    Figure 1-2 Menu structure Menu 0 ..XX.00..0.50 0.49 0.48 0.47 0.46 Moves between parameters 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 Moves between Menus Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 7
    Hz/rpm 0.27 CL> Drive encoder lines per {3.34} 0 to 50,000 1024 4096 RW Uni revolution 0.28 Keypad fwd/rev key enable {6.13} OFF (0) or On (1) OFF (0) RW Bit Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 8
    Destination: This parameter selects the destination of an software version V01.08.00 and later, power-down save input or logic function. parameters are also saved in the drive when the user initiates a parameter save. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 9: Advanced Menus

    Any Solutions Module type is recognized with all drive types in any slots. The relevant template is used to define menu 15 for the module type installed in slot 1, menu 16 for slot 2, and menu 17 for slot 3. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 10: Issue

    Understanding the display There are two keypads available for the Unidrive SP. The SM-Keypad has an LED display and the SM-Keypad Plus has an LCD display. Both keypads can be installed to the drive but the SM-Keypad Plus can also be remotely mounted on an enclosure door.

  • Page 11: Status Mode

    Up key action when the last parameter in a menu is being least significant digit; and secondly by selecting each digit in turn and displayed will cause the parameter number to roll over to Pr x.00. adjusting them to the required value. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 12: Sm-Keypad Plus

    Unipolar Bi-polar Bit parameter Text string Filtered Destination Not copied Rating dependent Protected User save Power down save For more information about the SM-Keypad Plus, see the SM-Keypad Plus User Guide. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 13: Parameter Access Level And Security

    Access to menu 0 only Access to all menus (menu 0 to menu 22) The Access Level can be changed through the keypad even if the User Security has been set. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 14: Alarm And Trip Display

    This can be done whether the drive is disabled or running. If the Up or Down keys are held the rate of change of keypad reference increases with time. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 15: Special Display Functions

    This is only carried out loading if the parameter information held by the Solutions Module is for a different drive software version. The drive allows up to five seconds for this process. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 16: Parameter X.00

    Pr x.00 and Pr 11.42 are then reset to zero. If Pr 11.42 has a value of 3 or 4 it will operate correctly causing parameters to be save to a smart card each time a parameter save is performed. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 17: Loading Defaults

    110zy to parameter x.00 and resetting the drive where z is 0 for the drive or 1, 2 or 3 for Solutions Module slots 1, 2 or 3 respectively. See Chapter 8 Electronic nameplate on page 408 for details. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 18: Parameter Description Format

    Power-down save: parameter automatically saved in drive EEPROM when the under volts (UV) trip occurs. With software version V01.08.00 and later, power-down save parameters are also saved in the drive when the user initiates a parameter save. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 19: Parameter Ranges And Variable Maximums

    DRIVE_CURRENT_MAX The maximum drive current is the current at the over current trip level and is given by: [9999.99A] DRIVE_CURRENT_MAX = Kc / 0.45 where Kc is the current scaling factor Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 20
    Regen unit rated current is given by Pr 5.07 Maximum output voltage set-point AC_VOLTAGE_SET_MAX Defines the maximum motor voltage that can be selected. [690V] 200V drives: 240V, 400V drives: 480V 575V drives: 575V, 690V drives: 690V Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 21
    Software V01.07.01 and earlier: POWER_MAX = √3 x AC_VOLTAGE_MAX x Kc x 1.75 Software V01.08.00 and later: POWER_MAX = √3 x AC_VOLTAGE_MAX x DRIVE_CURRENT_MAX The values given in square brackets indicate the absolute maximum value allowed for the variable maximum. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 22
    27.0 27.0 36.0 SP4604 36.0 36.0 43.0 SP4605 43.0 43.0 52.0 SP4606 52.0 52.0 62.0 SP5601 63.0 63.0 84.0 SP5602 85.0 85.0 99.0 SP6601 85.7 100.0 125.0 SP6602 107.1 125.0 144.0 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 23: Default

    15 to 17. If a conflict occurs a dESt trip occurs that cannot be reset until the conflict is resolved. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 24: Sources And Destinations

    0.1rpm units) used when high speed updating is not in Modules (see description for the appropriate Solutions Module). operation. Therefore the absolute scaling of the analog inputs varies slightly between normal and high speed updating. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 25: Torque Reference Update Rate

    The fast update rate is only possible provided the conditions given below are met. Analog inputs 2 or 3 on the drive The analog inputs must be in voltage mode with zero offset. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 26: Advanced Parameter Descriptions

    Power-down save: parameter automatically saved in drive EEPROM when the under volts (UV) trip occurs. With software version V01.08.00 and later, power-down save parameters are also saved in the drive when the user initiates a parameter save. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 27: Feature Look-Up Table

    3.15 3.16 3.17 3.18 Hard speed reference 3.22 3.23 Heavy duty rating 5.07 11.32 High stability space vector 5.19 modulation I/O sequencer 6.04 6.30 6.31 6.32 6.33 6.34 6.42 6.43 6.41 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 28
    Thermal protection — drive 5.18 5.35 7.04 7.05 7.06 7.32 7.35 10.18 Thermal protection — motor 4.15 5.07 4.19 4.16 4.25 7.15 Thermistor input 7.15 7.03 Threshold detector 1 12.01 12.03 to 12.07 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 29
    Voltage controller 5.31 Voltage mode 5.14 5.17 5.23 5.15 Voltage rating 11.33 5.09 5.05 Voltage supply 6.44 6.46 5.05 Warning 10.19 10.12 10.17 10.18 10.40 Zero speed indicator bit 3.05 10.03 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 30: Menu 1: Frequency/Speed Reference

    Precision reference Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX 1.18 parameter Memory terminals 1.19 Precision The parameters are all shown in their default settings reference trim *Refer to Pr 1.14 on page 35. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 31
    Skip freq./ speed 1 speed 2 speed 3 Velocity feed-forward 1.05 1.30 1.32 1.34 [1.06] reference Skip freq./ Skip freq./ Skip freq./ reference speed band speed band speed band [1.06] [1.07] Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 32
    Reference used for jogging. See section 5.8 Menu 6: Sequencer and clock on page 134 for details on when the jog mode can be activated. The jog reference can be used for relative jogging in digital lock mode (see section 5.15 Menu 13: Position control on page 232). Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 33
    If Pr 1.08=1: SPEED_FREQ_MAX is Pr 1.06 or -Pr 1.07 whichever is the largest (If the second motor map is selected Pr 21.01 is used instead of Pr 1.06 and Pr 21.02 instead of Pr 1.07) Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 34
    Pr 1.01 = selected reference x (100 + Pr 1.38) / 100 and when this parameter is 1 the reference is given by Pr 1.01 = selected reference + Pr 1.04 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 35
    Preset defined by Pr 1.50 (Pr 1.21 to Pr 1.28) Preset defined by Pr 1.50 (Pr 1.21 to Pr 1.28) Keypad reference (Pr 1.17) Precision reference (Pr 1.18 and Pr 1.19) ** x = any value Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 36
    This parameter defines the time between preset reference changes when Pr 1.15 is set to 9. If Pr 1.48 is set to 1 then the preset counter and timer are reset and preset 1 will be selected. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 37
    Closed loop As with open-loop a higher resolution speed reference can be programmed by selecting these parameters. In this case the speed will have a resolution of 0.001 rpm. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 38
    Closed-loop vector and servo DP = 0 Open-loop 0.0 to 3,000.0 Hz Range Closed-loop vector, Servo 0 to 40,000 rpm Open-loop Default Closed-loop vector, Servo Update rate Background read See below. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 39
    Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV US RW BU Coding Range Open-loop Closed-loop vector, Servo ±100.00 % Default Open-loop Closed-loop vector, Servo 0.00 Update rate 4ms read See Pr 1.09 on page 34. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 40
    When this flag is set the preset timer for auto preset timer mode (Pr 01.15 = 9) is reset and preset 1 is selected. This can be used to start a new sequence of reference selection by a programmable input terminal or function. When this bit is zero the preset selection will follow the timer even when the drive is disabled. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 41
    Update rate Selects the value of the keypad control mode (Pr 1.17) at power-up as follows: rESEt zero LASt last value used before power-down PrS1 Preset 1, Pr 1.21, before power-down Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 42: Menu 2: Ramps

    1.50 selected indicator Jog acceleration 2.19 rate Jog selected 1.13 indicator Reverse Forward accel. rate accel. rate Acceleration Ramp control 2.03 Ramp hold Pre-ramp speed Ramp mode 1.03 2.04 reference select* Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 43
    (Closed- loop only) Deceleration Ramps always enabled Post-ramp in Open-loop Ramp control reference 2.06 S-Ramp enable** 2.01 S-Ramp acceleration 2.07 limit 2.08 Standard ramp voltage* 2.38 d/dt Inertia compensation torque (Closed-loop only) Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 44
    The output of the ramp controller (when active) is a current demand that is fed to the frequency changing current controller (Open-loop mode) or the torque producing current controller (Closed-loop vector or Servo modes). The gain of these controllers can be modified with Pr 4.13 and Pr 4.14. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 45
    Where A is the selected ramp rate in s / 1000rpm If the S ramp is enabled (Pr 2.06 = 1) then the ramp time is extended as shown in the diagram below. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 46
    OU trip. The minimum level should be greater than the voltage produced on the DC bus by the highest supply voltage. Normally the DC bus voltage will be approximately the rms supply line voltage x √2. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 47
    Since the new ramp rate is selected with the new reference, the acceleration applies towards the selected preset if the motor needs to accelerate to reach the preset. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 48
    Ramp rate selection by terminal input 1 — 8 Ramp rate defined by parameter number, i.e. 1 = Pr 2.21, 2 = Pr 2.22, etc. Ramp rate selection by Pr 1.50 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 49
    The jog deceleration rate is only used when the drive is changing speed because the jog reference has changed or to stop from the jog reference. It is not used to go from the jog to the run state. This prevents the fast ramps normally used with jog from being used when changing between running and jogging. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 50
    This value can be used as a feed forward term that is added to the speed controller output if Pr 4.22 is set to one. Pr 2.38 shows the torque value as a percentage of rated active current. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 51: Menu 3: Slave Frequency, Speed Feedback, Speed Control And Regen Operation

    100ppm, and so the absolute frequency/speed accuracy is 100ppm (0.01%) of the reference, when a preset speed is used. If an analog input is used the absolute accuracy is further limited by the absolute accuracy and non-linearity of the analog input. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 52
    10.06 Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter terminals 3.09 10.07 Absolute at-speed 3.07 Above at-speed The parameters are all shown at their default settings detect mode window indicator At speed upper limit Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 53
    At speed upper limit Drive modes Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV US RW BU Coding Range Open-loop 0.0 to 3,000.0 Hz Default Open-loop Update rate Background read Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 54
    Coding Default Open-loop Update rate Background read 3.17 Select x2048 output Drive modes Open-loop Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV US RW BU Coding Default Open-loop Update rate Background read Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 55
    250μs for the direction signal before an edge occurs on the frequency signal. The frequency slaving output operates up to 1000Hz, above this frequency the outputs could be undefined. For further Menu 3 Open-loop parameters, refer to Pr 3.27 on page 67. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 56
    RFC sensorless 3.42 speed feedback calculator Drive encoder Maximum drive reference 3.43 encoder 3.46 destination reference (rpm) Any unprotected variable parameter Drive encoder ??.?? reference scaling Drive encoder 3.45 3.44 reference ??.?? Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 57
    Absolute at-speed window indicator detect mode At speed upper limit Input Read-write (RW) 0.XX terminals parameter Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter terminals The parameters are all shown at their default settings Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 58
    Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 59
    (If the lower limit is less than zero then zero is used as the lower limit). If Pr 3.09 = 1 absolute window mode is used and the «at speed» condition is true if Pr 3.06 ≤ |Pr 3.02| ≤ Pr 3.07 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 60
    US RW BU Coding Range Closed-loop vector, Servo 0.00 to 655.35 s/rad s Closed-loop vector 0.10 Default Servo 1.00 Second motor Closed-loop vector, Servo Pr 21.18 parameter Update rate Background read Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 61
    It should be noted that the differential term is limited internally so that it is ineffective if speed in rpm x Kd x Ki is greater than 170. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 62
    The Kd gain is not affected. If Pr 3.17 is set to 3 automatic gain set up is not active, but Kp is boosted by a factor of 16. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 63
    The bandwidth is defined as the theoretical 3dB point on the closed-loop gain characteristic of the speed controller as a second order system. At this point the phase shift is approximately 60°. This parameter is used to define the bandwidth used for setting up the speed loop gain parameters automatically when Pr 3.17 = 1. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 64
    6 and 12kHz operation is reduced from 12kHz to 6kHz. Also operation at 4kHz, 8kHz or 16kHz is not possible and if these frequencies are selected the actual switching frequency is switched down to the next lower frequency. Pr 5.37 displays the actual switching frequency being used. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 65
    U Encoder commutation signals (high = U > U) Encoder alignment for zero encoder phase angle The encoder can be aligned statically by connecting the motor to a DC power supply as shown: Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 66
    If a position feedback category Solutions Module is not installed in slot 1 the drive produces an EnC9 trip. 2, Slot2: Solutions Module in slot 2 3, Slot3: Solutions Module in slot 3 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 67
    Therefore if the number of poles is set to two, one revolution is the movement by one pole pitch. Drive encoder marker position reset disable 3.31 Drive modes Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo Txt VM DP ND US RW BU Coding Default Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo Update rate Background read Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 68
    (see Pr 3.41). If Pr 3.33 is greater than 16 the number of turns bit is 16. It should be noted that some SSI encoders include leading zeros before the turns information. In this case the number of turns bits should include the leading zeros. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 69
    From software version 01.06.01 onwards — SC.Hiper, SC.SSI, Ab.servo, Fr.servo and Fd.servo type encoders. For example — a Unidrive SP with software prior to 1.06.01 in servo mode does not store the phase offset if used with a 2000PPR quadrature encoder When Ab, Fd, Fr, AbServo, Fd.Servo, Fr.Servo, SC, SC.Hiper, SC.EnDat or SC.SSI encoder are used the equivalent number of encoder lines per…
  • Page 70
    This parameter defines the baud rate for the encoder comms when using SSI or EnDat encoders. However, a fixed baud rate of 9600 baud is used with HIPERFACE encoders and this parameter has no effect. Parameter value Parameter string Baud rate 100k 200k 300k 400k 500k 1000 1500 1.5M 2000 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 71
    23μs and 6 or 12kHz switching is used, which have a fast sample rate of 83μs, it is possible for the time allowed for tm to be too short. Therefore if 6 or 12kHz switching are used the total message transfer time should not exceed 53μs unless tm can be guaranteed to be less than 30μs by a suitable margin. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 72
    This type of encoder gives absolute position and can be used for motor control in closed-loop vector or servo modes. The drive can check the position from the sine and cosine waveforms against the internal encoder position using serial communications and if an error occurs the drive initiates a trip. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 73
    SSI encoder it is possible to have apparent large change of position, and this can result in the turns information becoming and remaining corrupted until the encoder is re-initialized. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 74
    All (Servo mode only) Enc10 Incorrect encoder phasing SC, SC.Hiper, SC.EnDat, SC.SSI Failure of analog position alignment during encoder initialisation Enc11 SC.Hiper The encoder type could not be identified during auto-configuration Enc12 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 75
    24V supply within the drive is overloaded (PS.24V trip). The internal 24V supply provides power for the encoder power supply, user 24V output, digital I/O, Solutions Modules etc. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 76
    Under these conditions, without a filter on the feedback, it is possible for the speed loop output to change constantly from one current limit to the other and lock the integral term of the speed controller. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 77
    Txt VM DP ND US RW BU Coding Update rate Background read 3.48 Position feedback initialised Drive modes Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo Txt VM DP ND US RW BU Coding Update rate Background write Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 78: Communication With Hiperface And Endat Encoders

    Data can be read from the receive register (Pr 90.23) at any time. If there is receive data in the buffer bit 15 will be set. Once the data has been read the register should be cleared and the drive will then transfer more data. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 79
    0x42 Read position command 0x8003 0x03 Position byte 0 (MS byte) 0x8059 0x59 Position byte 1 0x8063 0x63 Position byte 2 0x8097 0x97 Position byte 3 (LS byte) 0xc0ac 0xac Checksum Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 80
    Example of EnDat transfer: Read position Disable drive encoder position check by setting Pr 90.21 to one. This should be set back to zero at the end of the transfer if encoder position checking is required. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 81
    Data read from Pr 90.23 Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Data 0x8000 0x00 Address 0x8012 0x12 Data 0x8034 0x34 Data The data in the parameter at address zero is 0x1234. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 82
    (i.e. UVW). Either an external soft start resistor or the charging system in the drive may be used. See Unidrive SP Regen Installation Guide for details. When the d.c. link capacitors are charged a contactor, controlled by the drive, is closed to either short out the external charging resistor, or to disconnect the charging system and connect the drive inverter terminals directly to the supply.
  • Page 83
    Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 84
    Attempt to synchronize for 30s. If unsuccessful after this time then give a LI.SYnC trip. After a failure during running attempt to re-synchronize for 30s before tripping. 2, triP: immediate trip Attempt to synchronize for 30s. If unsuccessful after this time then give a LI.SYnC trip. After a failure during running, trip immediately. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 85
    If the power flow from the supply is reduced (i.e. less power is taken from the supply or more power is fed back into the supply) the DC bus voltage will rise. During a rapid transient the bus will rise and then fall as shown below. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 86
    The contactor should be controlled by this parameter. When regen mode is selected this bit is routed to digital I/O7 (T41/42 — relay output) as default. This output, or an alternative output, should be used to control the contactor. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 87
    This parameter defines the strategy used for current trimming in regen mode. If Pr 3.11 = 0 then current trimming is only carried out once after power- up. If Pr 3.11 = 1 current trimming is carried out after power-up and then before the drive runs each time it is enabled. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 88: Menu 4: Torque And Current Control

    SP4203 SP3402 SP5201 SP3403 SP5202 SP4401 SPMD1201 133.7 SP4402 SPMD1202 164.5 SP4403 SPMD1203 214.2 SP5401 SPMD1204 248.5 SP5402 SP6401 154.2 SP6402 SPMA1401 154.2 SPMA1402 SPMD1401 154.2 SPMD1402 SPMD1403 205.7 SPMD1404 248.5 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 89: Open-Loop

    This is not the case and the flux producing current will vary as the load is increased. Therefore the maximum current limit may not be reached before the drive reduces the current limit to prevent the peak limit from becoming active. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 90: Closed-Loop Vector

    (V is given by the following equation. σL – 2πf – ϕ -tan ———————————————————- — Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 91: Servo

    MOTOR1_CURRENT_LIMIT_MAX is used as the maximum for some parameters such as the user current limits. The current maximum current limit is defined as follows (with a maximum of 1000%): Maximum current × —————————————————— — CURRENT_LIMIT_MAX 100% Motor rated current Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 92: Regen

    It is possible to set a level of reactive current with Pr 4.08 in regen mode. This parameter has a limit defined as REGEN_REACTIVE_MAX that is provided to limit the total current to DRIVE_CURRENT_MAX. × 1.75 Pr 4.07 ⎛ ⎞ × ——————————————————————— — —————— — REGEN_REACTIVE_MAX – 100% ⎝ ⎠ Regen unit rated current Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 93: Parameter Descriptions

    Input Read-write (RW) 0.XX terminals parameter Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter terminals The parameters are all shown at their default settings Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 94
    Braking energy Motor Motor current Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX load active overload overload overload alarm parameter terminals indicator indicator indicator accumulator indicator The parameters are all shown at their default settings Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 95
    Braking energy Motor Motor current Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX load active overload overload overload alarm parameter terminals indicator indicator indicator accumulator indicator The parameters are all shown at their default settings Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 96
    4.02 2.01 Percentage load Overload 2.01 4.19 accumulator 4.20 2.01 Input Read-write (RW) 0.XX terminals parameter Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter terminals The parameters are all shown at their default settings Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 97
    Into supply The active current is aligned with the y axis of the reference frame. The y axis of the reference frame is aligned with the regen unit terminal voltage vector. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 98
    US RW BU Coding Range Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo 0 to MOTOR1_CURRENT_LIMIT_MAX % Open-loop 165.0* Default Closed-loop vector, Servo,Regen 175.0* Second motor Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Pr 21.28 parameter Servo,Regen Update rate Background read Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 99
    4.08 Torque reference Drive modes Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo US RW BU Coding Range Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo ±USER_CURRENT_MAX % Default Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo 0.00 Update rate 4ms read Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 100
    The current error is passed through proportional and integral terms to give a frequency reference which is limited to the range ±SPEED_FREQ_MAX . Current Frequency demand P Pr 4.13 reference I Pr 4.14 Active current Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 101
    It is also possible to decelerate the coiler with a negative resultant torque demand. The coiler will decelerate down to — 5rpm until a stop is applied. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 102
    Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Range 0 to 30,000 Regen Drive voltage rating: 200V 400V 575V 690V Open-loop, Default Closed-loop vector, Servo Regen Closed-loop vector, Servo Pr 21.22 Update rate Background read Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 103
    To test the controller the supply should be removed while the motor is running. It is likely that the gains can be increased further if required because the DC bus voltage controller has a stabilising effect, provided that the drive is not required to operate in torque control mode. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 104
    As already stated, the drive compensates for changes of switching frequency to give similar performance as the switching frequency changes. The following table gives the relationship between the user gain values and the values actually used by the drive for Unidrive and Unidrive SP. Although other scaling values are included in the current controller these values can be used to make a relative comparison between switching frequencies and a relative comparison between Unidrive and Unidrive SP.
  • Page 105
    K is 1.05, so that above the knee of the characteristics the motor can operate continuously up to 105% current. (In Regen mode K = 1.05 over the whole operating frequency range). Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 106
    For example, if the drive should trip after supplying 150% overload for 60 seconds with K = 1.05 then Pr 4.15 = -60 / ln(1 — (1.05 / 1.50) ) = 89 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 107
    This parameter displays the active current (Pr 4.02) as a percentage of the rated current (Pr 5.07 or Pr 21.07). Positive values indicate power flow from the supply and negative values indicate power into the supply Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 108
    Below base speed Pr 4.26 is equal to Pr 4.20. Above base speed the percentage torque producing current (shown in Pr 4.20) is adjusted as follows: Pr 4.26 = Pr 4.20 x rated frequency / frequency Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 109: Menu 5: Motor Control

    4.02 4.01 4.20 Percentage active current 4.17 Motor magnetising current Input Read-write (RW) 0.XX terminals parameter Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter terminals The parameters are all shown at their default settings Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 110
    5.15 High dynamic performance enable 5.26 Voltage controller gain 5.31 Input Read-write (RW) 0.XX terminals parameter Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter terminals The parameters are all shown at their default settings Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 111
    Motor full load 5.03 rated speed Power calculation (V x 1) 5.16 optimiser enable Servo High speed Motor 5.22 servo mode current enable Motor active magnitude current 4.01 4.02 4.17 Motor magnetising current Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 112
    Output power Output Power voltage 5.03 2.01 calculation (v.i) current Input Read-write (RW) 0.XX terminals parameter Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter terminals The parameters are all shown at their default settings Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 113
    However, in normal operation the result will be reasonably accurate provided that the slip compensation has been set up correctly in the rated full load rpm parameter (Pr 5.08). Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 114
    Open-loop Vector mode voltage control Slip compensation Dynamic V to F control Current limits Closed-loop vector Motor thermal protection Vector control algorithm Current limits Servo Motor thermal protection Regen Thermal protection Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 115
    (Rs) compensation is applied. However there is a delay of 0.5s when the drive is enabled during which only partial vector based compensation is applied to allow the machine flux to build up. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 116
    Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 117
    The test will not start unless the drive is disabled before the test is initiated by applying the enable or run, i.e. it will not start if the drive is in the stop state. In closed-loop modes it is not possible to go into the stop state if Pr 5.12 has a non-zero value. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 118
    It should be noted that the current loop gains (Pr 4.13 and 4.14) are not updated as part of any test if either the stator resistance or the transient inductance for the active motor map are zero. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 119
    This test takes approximately 2 seconds to complete and can only be used where the rotor settles to a stable position in a short time. • Pr 3.25 is saved to EEPROM. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 120
    Once two valid changes have occurred the test operates in the same way as for other encoder types. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 121
    Pr 5.17. The maximum measurable value for a particular drive size can be calculated from the following formula. = DC_VOLTAGE_MAX x 0.45 / (Kc x √ where Kc is the current scaling factor for the drive Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 122
    5: SrE, Square law characteristic Neither the stator resistance nor the voltage offset are used, instead a fixed square law characteristic with boost applied as defined by Pr 5.15 is used. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 123
    2 the gain is increased by a factor of 16 to give faster convergence. The rated rpm optimizer is automatically disabled when closed-loop vector RFC mode is selected (Pr 3.24=1 or 3). Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 124
    Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Regen 0 (3 kHz) Default Servo 2 (6 kHz) Update rate Background read *The maximum switching frequency available is limited for some drive sizes as shown in the table below. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 125
    12 = 83μs Current limit Sequencing and Level 2 250μs Speed controller and ramps and ramps Synchronization Level 3 Voltage controller Level 4 Time critical user interface Background Non-time critical user interface Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 126
    A suitable field controller gain is automatically set by the drive from the motor parameters. However it is possible by setting this parameter to a 1 to reduce this gain by a factor of 2 if instability problems occur above base speed. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 127
    The value shown in Pr 5.23 is this offset given in line to line rms volts. It is not possible for the user to measure this voltage easily, and so the automatic measurement procedure should be used (see Pr 5.14 on page 122). Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 128
    When this bit is set the drive provides a cross-coupling feed forward voltage as produced by the transient inductance and a frequency based voltage feed forward term. These voltages improve the transient performance of the current controllers Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 129
    The rated level of flux in most induction motors causes saturation. Therefore the flux against flux producing current characteristic is non-linear. The effects of saturation are to cause a step increase in torque when operating in torque mode as the speed increases into the field weakening region. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 130
    The motor torque per amp (Kt) must be entered in this parameter by the user for the automatic gain calculation system to operate correctly, and to allow the drive to calculate the correct inertia during an inertia auto-tune. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 131
    This parameter should be set up to give the pole pitch of a linear motor, i.e. the movement of the motor for one cycle of the drive power output waveforms, if auto-configuration with a linear EnDat encoder is required. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 132
    2, 2 = x 3, and 3 = x 4). Longer pulses should only be used if noise and vibration are a problem and the motor has low friction and low cogging torque. As the torque level is reduced the measurement is likely to be affected by cogging and the results may not be accurate. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 133
    If the value of this parameter is too small the drive will detect the motor speed as zero even if the motor is spinning. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 134: Menu 6: Sequencer And Clock

    Drive power supply monitor Active supply 6.44 Low voltage supply Input Read-write (RW) 0.XX terminals parameter Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter terminals The parameters are all shown at their default settings Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 135
    There is no mains loss detection and the drive operates normally only as long as the DC bus voltage remains within specification (i.e. >Vuu). Once the voltage falls below Vuu a UU trip occurs and this will reset itself if the voltage rises again above VuuRestart shown in the table below. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 136
    To return terminals T25, T26 and T27 to their default functions, one of the following operations should be performed. • Drive defaults should be restored. See section 5.8 Restoring parameter defaults in the Unidrive SP User Guide for details.
  • Page 137
    When this bit is set the drive remains active even when the run command has been removed and the motor has reached standstill. The drive goes to the ‘StoP’ state instead of the ‘rdy’ state. NOTE Pr 6.08 may be changed by the brake control in menu 12. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 138
    3. OR Run forward and Run reverse are both active and have been for 60ms. 4. The drive is in the UU state. The drive can then be restarted by activating the necessary bits to give a normal start. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 139
    US RW BU Coding Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Default Regen Update rate Background read If this parameter is one the energy meter (Pr 6.24 and Pr 6.25) is reset and held at zero. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 140
    6.22 Run time: years.days Drive modes Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Regen VM DP US RW BU Coding Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Range 0 to 9.364 Years.Days Regen Update rate Background write Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 141
    Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Regen VM DP US RW BU Coding Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Range 0 to 30,000 hrs Regen Update rate Background read See Pr 6.18 on page 140. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 142
    Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo Update rate 4ms read 6.31 Sequencing bit: Jog Drive modes Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo VM DP US RW BU Coding Default Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo Update rate 4ms read Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 143
    6.35 Forward limit switch Drive modes Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo VM DP US RW BU Coding Default Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo Update rate 250μs read Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 144
    Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo Update rate 4ms read 6.40 Enable sequencer latching Drive modes Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo US RW BU Coding Default Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo Update rate 4ms read Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 145
    Run reverse Pr 6.32 Forward/reverse Pr 6.33 Pr 6.34 Not stop Pr 6.39 Auto/manual Analog/Preset reference Pr 1.42 Jog reverse Pr 6.37 Reserved Reserved Trip drive Reset drive Pr 10.33 Keypad watchdog Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 146
    Voltage level DC_VOLTAGE_MAX Pr 6.46 x 1.45 Braking IGBT threshold voltage Pr 6.46 x 1.325 Under voltage trip level Restart voltage level after UU trip Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 147
    When the control system is leaving the mains loss ride through condition (ACUU) it is important that no load is applied to the input rectifier until it is fully active. This feature can be disabled by setting this parameter to one. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 148
    3. Modbus messages using the CMP protocol can only route messages to nodes within the drive. It will not be possible for these to be routed further, i.e. via CT Net on an SM Applications module. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 149
    DC Bus voltage is above the mains loss detection level. The rectifier may still be phasing forwards and the application of load at this point may cause the DC Bus voltage to fall back below the mains loss detection level again. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 150: Menu 7: Analog I/O

    (vsy x isy). Pr 5.03 — output power 10V would be produced when: Active current = Kc / 0.45 Peak phase voltage in phase with the active current = DC_VOLTAGE_MAX / 2 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 151
    ??.?? current Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX 7.23 7.24 4.02 parameter terminals Analog Analog ??.?? output 2 output 2 The parameters are all shown at their default settings scaling mode selector Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 152
    -20°C to 150°C it is assumed that the monitoring thermistor has failed and a hardware fault trip is initiated (Pr 7.04 — HF27, Pr 7.05 and Pr 7.36 — HF28). Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 153
    5. For drive size SP0xxx the fan is always on when the drive or the braking IGBT are enabled and remains on for 10s after the drive or braking IGBT is disabled. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 154
    US RW BU Coding Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Range Pr 0.00 to Pr 21.51 Regen Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo Pr 1.36 Default Regen Pr 0.00 Update rate Read on drive reset Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 155
    US RW BU Coding Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Range Pr 0.00 to Pr 21.51 Regen Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo Pr 1.37 Default Regen Pr 3.10 Update rate Read on drive reset Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 156
    Txt VM DP US RW BU Coding Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Range Pr 0.00 to Pr 21.51 Regen Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Default Pr 0.00 Regen Update rate Read on drive reset Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 157
    If speed feedback or power is selected for high speed mode for both analog output 1 and analog output 2 the setting is ignored for analog output 2. If the high speed mode is selected the output is always a voltage signal. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 158
    If speed feedback or power is selected for high speed mode for both analog output 1 and analog output 2 the setting is ignored for analog output 2. If the high speed mode is selected the output is always a voltage signal. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 159
    Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Regen Txt VM DP ND US RW BU Coding Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Range ±100.00 % Regen Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Default 0.00 Regen Update rate Background read Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 160
    This includes the effects of drive output current and DC bus ripple. The estimated temperature is displayed as a percentage of the trip level in this parameter. If the parameter value reaches 100% an Oht3 trip is initiated. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 161
    An additional thermal monitoring point is provided in SP6xxx and SPMxxxxx drives. The temperature is displayed in this parameter in degrees C. See Pr 7.04 to Pr 7.06 for more details. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 162: Menu 8: Digital I/O

    8ms (maximum 20ms). The digital outputs are updated every 4ms. Any changes to the source/destination parameters only become effective after drive reset is activated. Sample rate Function T24 to T26 Digital input or output T27 to T29 Digital input Relay Background Background 24V output Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 163
    Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter Serial comms Electronic Macros Performance RFC mode Menu 8 structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol nameplate Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 164
    6.04 8.23 I/O 3 source/ Start/stop destination 8.29 logic select 8.30 T26 digital 8.13 I/O polarity Open collector unprotected I/O 3 invert select output parameter ??.?? Run forward 6.30 x(-1) ??.?? Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 165
    Relay source source invert This logic diagram applies only when all 8.27 8.17 parameters are at their default settings Any bit parameter Relay Drive ??.?? state Healthy 10.01 8.07 ??.?? x(-1) Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 166
    Txt VM DP RA NC NV US RW BU Coding Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Default See table Regen Update rate 4ms write OFF (0) = Terminal inactive On (1) = Terminal active Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 167
    Background read Unidrive SP has a dedicated hardware enable/secure disable input which always controls Pr 6.29. If the enable is inactive the IGBT firing signals are turned off without software intervention. As default (Pr 8.10 = 0) the drive is in the inhibit mode when the enable is inactive. Setting this parameter to one causes the enable to behave as an Et trip input.
  • Page 168
    When this parameter is zero digital outputs are in push-pull mode. When this parameter is one either the high-side drive (negative logic polarity) or the low-side driver (positive logic polarity) is disabled. This allows outputs to be connected in a wire-ORed configuration. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 169
    Pr 1.41 — Analog ref 2 select Pr 6.31 — jog 5, Prc Precision reference selected Pr 1.41 — Analog ref 2 select Pr 6.31 — jog This parameter has no effect in Regen mode. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 170: Menu 9: Programmable Logic, Motorized Pot And Binary Sum

    ??.?? ??.?? x(-1) Function-2 input-2 9.16 source parameter Input Read-write (RW) 0.XX terminals parameter Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter terminals The parameters are all shown at their default settings Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 171
    9 and 12 functions active. The logic functions are active if one or both the sources are routed to a valid parameter. The other functions are active if the output destination is routed to a valid unprotected parameter. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 172
    RA NC NV US RW BU Coding Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Range Pr 0.00 to Pr 21.51 Regen Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Default Pr 0.00 Regen Update rate Read on reset Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 173
    If the delay parameter is negative, the delay holds the output active for the delay period after the active condition has been removed as shown below. Therefore an active input that lasts for 4ms or more will produce an output that lasts at least as long as the delay time. Input Delay Output Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 174
    This parameter defines the time taken for the motorized pot function to ramp from 0 to 100.0%. Twice this time will be taken to adjust the output from -100.0 % to +100.0 %. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 175
    These three bits control the motorized pot. The up and down inputs increase and decrease the output at the programmed rate respectively. If both up and down are active together the up function dominates and the output increases. If the reset input is one, the motorized pot output is reset and held at 0.0%. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 176
    RA NC NV US RW BU Coding Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Range Pr 0.00 to Pr 21.51 Regen Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Default Pr 0.00 Regen Update rate Read on reset Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 177
    If destination parameter maximum ≤ (7 + Offset): Destination parameter = Binary sum output If destination parameter maximum > (7 + Offset): Destination parameter = Destination parameter maximum x Binary sum output / (7 + Offset) Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 178: Menu 10: Status And Trips

    US RW BU Coding Update rate Background write 10.06 At speed Drive modes Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV US RW BU Coding Update rate Background write Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 179
    This parameter is set when the braking IGBT is active and the braking energy accumulator is greater than 75%. This parameter is held on for at least 0.5s so that it can be seen on the display. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 180
    US RW BU Coding Update rate Background write Indicates that any of the heat sink temperatures (Pr 7.04 or Pr 7.05) or the control board temperature (Pr 7.06) are above their alarm level. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 181
    SMARTCARD trip: SMARTCARD can not perform the required function as it is being accessed by a Solutions Module Wait for the Solutions Module to finish accessing the SMARTCARD and then re-attempt the required function Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 182
    SMARTCARD trip: SMARTCARD has the Read Only bit set Enter 9777 in Pr xx.00 to allow SMARTCARD Read / Write access Ensure the drive is not writing to data locations 500 to 999 on the card Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 183
    With EnDat encoders, check the comms resolution and/or carry out the auto-configuration Pr 3.41 Checksum / CRC error or SSI not ready at start of position transfer (i.e. data input not one) Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 184
    Drive encoder trip: The periods per revolution obtained during auto-configuration for a rotary SINCOS encoder is not a Enc17 power of two. Select a different type of encoder. Faulty encoder. EnP.Er Data error from electronic nameplate stored in selected position feedback device Replace feedback device Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 185
    Power stage recognition: multi module voltage or current rating mismatch Hardware fault — return drive to supplier HF24 Power stage recognition: unrecognised drive size Hardware fault — return drive to supplier Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 186
    Pr 10.31 to 0 to disable the trip L.SYnC Drive failed to synchronize to the supply voltage in Regen mode Refer to the Diagnostics chapter in the Unidrive SP Regen Installation Guide. O.CtL Drive control board over temperature Check enclosure / drive fans are still functioning correctly…
  • Page 187
    Check braking resistor value is greater than or equal to the minimum resistance value Check braking resistor insulation OIdC.P Power module over current detected from IGBT on state voltage monitoring Vce IGBT protection activated. Check motor and cable insulation. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 188
    Universal Encoder Plus encoder supply and the SM-Encoder Output Plus encoder supply. • Reduce load and reset • Provide an external 24V >50W power supply • Remove any Solutions Modules and reset Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 189
    Reinstall the cable between the drive and keypad Check cable for damage Replace cable Replace keypad SLX.dF Solutions Module slot X trip: Solutions Module type installed in slot X changed 204,209,214 Save parameters and reset Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 190
    Select a different type of encoder. period for a linear encoder Encoder Plus Faulty encoder. exceeds 255. SM-Universal Check ambient temperature Encoder Plus & Solutions Module has overheated Check enclosure ventilation SM-Resolver Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 191
    Inter-Solutions Module comms error with module in slot 2 Inter-Solutions Module comms error with module in slot 3 Inter-Solutions Module comms error with module unknown slot APC internal error Communications to drive faulty Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 192
    Communications error to slot 3 SM-Ethernet, SM-EtherCAT Memory allocation error SM-Ethernet, SM-EtherCAT File system error SM-Ethernet, SM-EtherCAT Configuration file error SM-Ethernet Language file error SM-Ethernet Timed event over-run Internal watchdog error Internal software error Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 193
    Motor object type incorrect Unidrive SP object error Encoder object CRC error Motor object CRC error Performance object CRC error Unidrive SP object CRC error Sequencer timeout Solutions module over temperature SLX.HF Solutions Module slot X trip: Solutions Module X hardware fault…
  • Page 194
    Onboard PLC program variables and function block calls using more than the allowed RAM space (stack overflow) Check program UP ovr Onboard PLC program attempted out of range parameter write Check program UP PAr Onboard PLC program attempted access to a non-existent parameter Check program Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 195
    168 to 174 t168 to t174 SL3.nF C.Prod SL3.dF EnP.Er SL.rtd CL.bit C.boot t216 SAVE.Er C.bUSY HF17 PSAVE.Er C.Chg HF18 t038 C.OPtn HF19 L.SYnC C.RdO 220 to 232 HF20 to HF32 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 196
    4. When the drive is first powered up a UU trip is initiated if the supply voltage is below the restart voltage level and another trip is not active. This does not cause save power down save parameters to be saved at this point. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 197
    DE Txt VM DP RA NC NV US RW BU Coding Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Range 0.00 to 400.00 s Regen Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Default See below Regen Update rate Background read Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 198
    All other sizes 200V 2.6s 3.3s 0.00s 400V 1.7s 3.3s 0.00s 575V and 690V 0.00s If Pr 10.31 is set to zero then the braking resistor thermal protection system is disabled. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 199
    The braking load will probably not be shared equally between the resistors because of voltage measurement tolerances within the individual drives. However, once a resistor reaches its maximum temperature its load will be reduced, and be taken up by another resistor. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 200
    If this parameter is 0 then Pr 10.01 (Drive ok) is cleared every time the drive trips regardless of any auto-reset that may occur. When this parameter is set the ‘Drive ok’ indication is not cleared on a trip if an auto-reset is going to occur. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 201
    If the value is not included in the table a trip is initiated with the same trip number as the value provided the drive is not already tripped. Action Values written to 10.38 Trip code SL1.HF No action SL2.HF SL3.HF 217-245 Drive reset Clear trip and trip time logs 255 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 202
    Drive modes Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Regen Txt VM DP RA NC NV US RW BU Coding Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Range 00.00 to 23.59 Hours.Minutes Regen Update rate Background write Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 203
    It is possible that this time difference may be negative, in which case the value will be zero. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 204: Menu 11: General Drive Set-Up

    Pr 6.13 Pr 6.13 Pr 6.13 Pr 0.00 Pr 11.19 Pr 0.29 Pr 11.36 Pr 11.36 Pr 11.36 Pr 11.36 Pr 11.20 Pr 0.30 Pr 11.42 Pr 11.42 Pr 11.42 Pr 11.42 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 205
    The master should wait at least 20ms before sending a new message using the new protocol. (Note: ANSI uses 7 data bits, 1 stop bit and even parity; Modbus RTU uses 8 data bits, 2 stops bits and no parity). Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 206
    This parameter can be changed via the drive keypad, via a Solutions Module or via the comms interface itself. If it is changed via the comms interface, the response to the command uses the original baud rate. The master should wait at least 20ms before sending a new message using the new baud rate. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 207
    Write at power-up If this parameter is zero the drive is a standard Unidrive SP product. If this parameter is non-zero then the product is a derivative product. Derivatives can have different defaults from the standard product and restrictions on the values allowed for some parameters.
  • Page 208
    Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Range 0 (200) to 3 (690) Regen Update rate Write at power-up This parameter has four possible values (200, 400, 575, 690) and indicates the voltage rating of the drive. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 209
    This data can be viewed through Pr 11.38 to Pr 11.40 by increasing or decreasing Pr 11.37. This parameter jumps between the data numbers of the data blocks present on the card. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 210
    The data density is not as high as a parameter file type data block, but in most cases the number of differences from default is small and the data blocks are therefore smaller. This method can be used, for example, for creating drive macros. Parameter RAM is used as the source of this information. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 211
    To ensure that the performance of the destination drive is similar to that of the source drive, the speed controller gains and current controller gains are scaled as shown in the table below. Note that the gain scaling is only applied when the data block number is less than 500. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 212
    SMARTCARD data type/mode Drive modes Open-loop, Closed-loop, Servo, Regen Txt VM DP RA NC NV US RW BU Coding Range Open-loop, Closed-loop, Servo, Regen 0 to 18 Update rate Background write Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 213
    Sets the timeout for the drive display to revert to status mode from edit mode following no key presses. Although this parameter can be set to less than 2s, the minimum timeout is 2s. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 214
    Solutions Modules it is possible to fit the required Solutions Modules to a drive (corresponding to the modules installed when the SMART card data was stored) and transfer the parameters to the drive including those for the Solutions Modules. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 215
    Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Default Number of defaults loaded, i.e. 1,233 etc. Regen Update rate Background write Displays the number of the last set of defaults loaded, i.e. 1233, 1244, etc. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 216
    0 on dispatch from the factory. If the Drive Onboard Application Lite Ladder Programming Events is greater than the maximum value which may be represented by this parameter the value will be clipped to the maximum value. This parameter is not altered when defaults are loaded. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 217
    The Drive Onboard Application Lite Ladder Program first run parameter is set for the duration of the first ladder diagram scan from the ladder diagram stopped state. This enables the user to perform any required initialisation every time the ladder diagram is run. This parameter is set every time the ladder is stopped. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 218: Menu 12: Threshold Detectors, Variable Selectors And Brake Control Function

    Threshold Threshold Threshold Detector 2 Detector 2 Detector 2 hysteresis output invert input source Hysteresis Input Read-write (RW) Threshold 0.XX terminals parameter level Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter terminals Threshold output Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 219
    RA NC NV US RW BU Coding Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Range Pr 0.00 to Pr 21.51 Regen Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Default Pr 0.00 Regen Update rate Read on reset Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 220
    The output may be inverted if required by setting the invert flag (Pr 12.06, Pr 12.26). The result is routed to the destination (defined by Pr 12.07, Pr 12.27). Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 221
    Txt VM DP RA NC NV US RW BU Coding Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Range ±100.00 % Regen Update rate 4ms x number of menu 9 or 12 functions active write Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 222
    When the Sectional control mode is selected the function is also reset, and the output is held at zero, when the control (Pr 12.15 or Pr 12.35) is zero. It is active when the control has a non-zero value. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 223
    The diagram below shows how the variable selector in Sectional control mode can be used to provide a position reference for the drive and act as a source for encoder simulation to give the position reference for the next drive in the system. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 224: Brake Control Function

    This parameter should be used as a source for a digital output to control an electro-mechanical brake. This parameter is one to release the brake and zero to apply the brake. Digital I/O can be automatically configured to use this parameter as a source (see Pr 12.41). Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 225
    The use of a Smartcard in boot mode or an SM-Applications module can ensure drive parameters are immediately programmed to avoid this situation. WARNING Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 226
    2. Pre-brake release delay 3. Post-brake release delay 4. Wait for brake apply frequency 5. Wait for zero frequency 6. 1s delay as phase 2 of stopping sequence (Pr 6.01 =1,2 or 3) Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 227
    (i.e. reversing direction without stopping), provided the Reference on parameter (Pr 1.11) remains at one, the brake is not applied. This prevents the brake from activating and de-activating as the motor passes through zero speed. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 228
    The post-brake release delay is used to allow for the brake release time. During this period the frequency reference is held constant (Pr 2.03 = 1), so that there is no sudden increase in motor speed when the brake actually releases. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 229
    Pr 12.46 Pr 12.48 1. Wait for motor fluxed (closed-loop vector only) 2. Post-brake release delay 3. Wait for speed threshold 4. Wait for brake apply speed delay 5. Brake apply delay Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 230
    The brake apply delay is used to allow for the brake application time. During this period the Hold zero speed parameter (Pr 6.08) is one, and so the drive is enabled with zero speed reference. This ensures that the motor remains stationary while the brake is being applied. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 231
    When Pr 12.49 is changed from one to zero Pr 13.04 and Pr 13.10 are automatically set to zero. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 232: Menu 13: Position Control

    When the position controller is de-selected (i.e. Pr 13.10 is changed to zero) Pr 1.39, Pr 1.40, Pr 3.22 and Pr 3.23 are set to zero. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 233
    Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter Serial comms Electronic Macros Performance RFC mode Menu 13 structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol nameplate Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 234
    Revolution Position Position Position counter fine controller feedback Drive source 3.28 3.29 3.30 Encoder 13.05 Slot 1 15.04 15.05 15.06 Position Slot 2 16.04 16.05 16.06 Slot 3 17.04 17.05 17.06 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 235
    Position 13.12 Position controller speed clamp Input Read-write (RW) 0.XX terminals parameter Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter terminals This logic diagram applies only when all parameters are at their default settings Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 236
    3.28 3.29 3.30 Encoder 13.05 Slot 1 15.04 15.05 15.06 Position Slot 2 16.04 16.05 16.06 Limited to ± / rev Slot 3 17.04 17.05 17.06 Orientation position 13.13 reference Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 237
    3. The absolute mode parameter (Pr 13.11) is changed. The position controller is disabled transiently to reset the error integrator. 4. One of the position sources is invalid. The position feedback initialised parameter (Pr 3.48) is zero. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 238
    If a Solutions Module slot is selected as a source, but the module is not a position feedback category Solutions Module the position controller cannot be enabled. Orientation mode can always be enabled in closed-loop modes. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 239
    Closed-loop vector, Servo 0 to 6 Default Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo Update rate Background read This parameter is used to set the position controller mode as shown in the following table. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 240
    If Pr 13.10 is 6 the drive orientates the motor following a stop command and whenever the drive is enabled provided that hold zero speed is enabled (Pr 6.08 = 1). This ensures that the spindle is always held in the same position following the drive being enabled. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 241
    Orientation position reference Drive modes Closed-loop vector, Servo Txt VM DP RA NC NV US RW BU Coding Range Closed-loop vector, Servo 0 to 65,535 Default Closed-loop vector, Servo Update rate Background read Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 242
    Background read 13.18 Relative jog enable Drive modes Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo Txt VM DP RA NC NV US RW BU Coding Default Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo Update rate 4ms read Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 243
    Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo Update rate 4ms read The local reference can be used to control the position of the motor shaft. If the local reference disable parameter is one the previously written value Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 244
    (and not the turns or fine position) is available. This feature is not available when absolute mode is selected (Pr 13.11 = 1). Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 245
    Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter Serial comms Electronic Macros Performance RFC mode Menu 14 structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol nameplate Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 246: Menu 14: User Pid Controller

    Any variable parameter feedback ??.?? 14.21 ??.?? x(-1) enable 14.08 Drive normal indicator & 10.01 Logic 1 Any bit parameter ??.?? ??.?? Source 14.09 not used Optional PID enable source parameter Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 247
    The parameters are all shown at their default settings *The PID controller is only enabled if Pr 14.16 is set to a non Pr xx.00 and unprotected destination parameter. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 248
    Default Regen Update rate Background read This parameter defines the time taken for the reference input to ramp from 0 to 100.0% following a 0 to 100% step change in input. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 249
    Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Regen Txt VM DP RA NC NV US RW BU Coding Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Range 0.000 to 4.000 Regen Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Default 0.000 Regen Update rate Background read Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 250
    When this parameter is set to 0 the integrator operates normally. Setting this parameter to 1 will cause the integrator value to be held. Setting this parameter does not prevent the integrator from being reset to zero if the PID controller is disabled. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 251
    PID error Drive modes Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Regen Coding Txt VM DP RA NC NV US RW BU Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Range ±100.00 % Regen Update rate 4ms write Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 252: Menus 15, 16 And 17: Solutions Module Slots

    EEPROM until the user performs a parameter save. Parameters common to all categories Parameter Range Default Type x.01 Solutions Module ID 0 to 599 PT US x.50 Solutions Module error status 0 to 255 NC PT Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 253: Sm-Universal Encoder Plus

    It is important that a break in the connections between the drive and the position feedback device can be detected. This feature is provided either directly or indirectly as listed. When the drive is reset this parameter is cleared for the relevant Solutions Module Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 254
    If the clock stops or the data line is disconnected the data input to the drive may stay in one state or the other and cause a trip. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 255
    Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter Serial comms Electronic Menus 15 to 17 Macros Performance RFC mode structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol nameplate SM-Uni Enc Pl Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 256
    Ab output Fd output SSI output Marker output block input input x.38 Freeze 0V common Data Data 9-Way Clock (input) RS485 Clock (input) Drive /slot 0V common bus input Freeze Freeze Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 257
    Marker output other slots Marker output x.40 Marker Freeze flag Marker output x.35 Freeze revolution counter Freeze x.36 Freeze position x.39 Marker output x.37 Freeze fine position x(-1) x.41 Freeze invert Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 258
    Provided the set-up parameters are correct, the position is always converted to units of 1/2 ths of a revolution, but some parts of the value may not be relevant depending on the resolution of the feedback device. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 259
    It is possible for this parameter to be obtained automatically from the encoder (see Pr x.18). If Pr x.09 is greater than 16 the number of turns bit is 16. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 260
    Pr x.11 must be set to the number of comms bits used to represent one revolution of the encoder. The single turn comms resolution may be higher than the resolution of the sine waves per revolution. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 261
    (position values from the encoder could be used in a position control system). NOTE Also refer to the SM-Universal Encoder Plus User Guide, for further detailed information on operation with encoder serial comms. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 262
    SSI power supply bit monitor This will ensure that the drive remains tripped until the encoder is powered up and the action of resetting the trip will re-initialize the encoder interface. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 263
    If the encoder includes a bit that indicates the status of the power supply the power supply monitor should be enabled (see Pr x.17). This will ensure that the drive remains tripped until the encoder is powered up and the action of resetting the trip will reinitialise the encoder interface. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 264
    Solutions Module can auto-configure with any of the following devices. Rotary EndAt encoders The encoder turns, comms resolution and equivalent lines per rev are set up directly using the data read from the encoder. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 265
    The resistance value of the thermistor input can be seen in Pr x.21. The motor thermistor resistance value shown in Pr x.21 is shown in 0.1% of 10kΩ units. The position feedback when used as a reference can be viewed here. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 266
    Update rate: Read on reset x.25 Encoder simulation ratio numerator 0.0000 to 3.0000 0.2500 Update rate: Background read The simulated encoder output (incremental), Ab, Ab.L, Fd, Fd.L can be scaled using the above parameter. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 267
    Also refer to the SM-Universal Encoder Plus User Guide for further detailed information. x.29 Non-marker reset revolution counter 0 to 65535 revolutions Update rate: 4ms write x.30 Non-marker reset position 0 to 65535 (1/2 ths of a revolution) Update rate: 4ms write Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 268
    The selection of which mode used is dependent on the value of Pr x.38. The default is 1 that corresponds to only the 24V input to this Solutions Module. The values correspond to the modes as described in the table below: Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 269
    If the commutation inputs equalled 110 (which is the 2nd segment) then Pr x.42 would be set to 2110. Segment 9 means that the current commutation input is invalid. All other modes follow the description for Pr x.44. NOTE This parameter has no effect for SC.SErvo encoders. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 270
    An ELPR of 10,000 gives a maximum speed of 3000rpm. NOTE When operating with an Incremental plus commutation (absolute encoder), Ab.SErvo, Fd.SErvo, Fr.SErvo or SC.SErvo this parameter should remain at default (Pr x.46 = 1). Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 271
    When operating with an Issue 3 SM-Universal Encoder Plus Solutions Module, the software must be V.03.xx.xx. When operating with an Issue 4 SM- Universal Encoder Plus Solutions Module, the software must be V.04.xx.xx Failure to comply with the above can result in Solutions Module failure. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 272: Sm-Resolver

    REF HIGH (excitation) REF LOW (excitation) Resolver x.15 poles x.17 Error detection level Freeze positional information Freeze input Freeze Freeze x.35 revolution flag SM-Applications counter x.39 SM-Universal Freeze Encoder Plus x.36 position Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 273
    Revolution counter Position x.29 x.30 Encoder simulation Non marker reset source positional information x.24 Position Ratio numerator Simulated encoder Resolver Term x.05 x.25 output connections source Encoder 3.29 source x.xx Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 274
    Provided the set-up parameters for the position feedback are correct this parameter shows the speed in rpm. x.04 Revolution counter 0 to 65,535 revolutions Update rate: 4ms x number of dumb modules x.05 Position 0 to 65,535 (1/2 revolutions) Update rate: 4ms x number of dumb modules Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 275
    For example with a 6 pole resolver (and 6 pole motor) the resolution is over of a mechanical revolution. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 276
    Wire break detect Error detection disabled Wire break detect Error detection disabled Wire break detect NOTE The wire break trip is not activated provided one signal is >1.5Vrms or both are >0.2Vrms approximately. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 277
    If Pr x.24 has any value than those above the encoder simulation outputs are not active. x.29 Non-marker reset revolution counter 0 to 65,535 revolutions Update rate: 4ms x number of dumb modules Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 278
    (for a minimum of 10s). If the temperature falls below 90°C, the fan can operate normally again. If the PCB temperature exceeds 100°C, the drive is tripped and the error status is set to 74. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 279
    Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter Serial comms Electronic Menus 15 to 17 Macros Performance RFC mode structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol nameplate SM-Encoder Pl Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 280: Sm-Encoder Plus / Sm-Encoder Output Plus

    Not used x.32 x.33 Marker x.08 x.07 input Marker Marker flag position disable Freeze positional information Freeze input Freeze Freeze x.35 revolution flag SM-Applications counter x.39 SM-Universal Freeze Encoder Plus x.36 position Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 281
    Lock position feedback Revolution counter Position x.04 x.05 Positional information Input Read-write (RW) 0.XX terminals parameter Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter terminals The parameters are all shown at their default settings Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 282
    Freeze Encoder Plus Freeze x.36 position flag Encoder Encoder simulation simulation mode source Position Encoder simulation Module encoder ratio numerator x.05 port Drive encoder 3.29 port Ab.L Fd.L Drive encoder position Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 283
    Positional information Input Read-write (RW) 0.XX terminals parameter Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter terminals The parameters are all shown at their default settings Solutions Module terminal Ab.L Fd.L PL2 term block 9-Way Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 284
    16 15 Revolutions Position When the feedback device rotates by more than one revolution, the revolutions in Pr x.04 increment or decrement in the form of a sixteen bit roll-over counter. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 285
    Update rate: Background read The terminations may be enabled/disabled by this parameter as follows: Encoder input x.16=0 x.16=1 x.16=2 A-A Disabled Enabled Enabled B-B Disabled Enabled Enabled Z-Z Disabled Disabled Enabled Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 286
    The ratio between the change of encoder position and the change of encoder simulation output position is defined by Pr x.25. The table below shows the possible ratios. Pr x.25 Ratio 0.0000 to 0.0312 1/32 0.0313 to 0.0625 1/16 0.0626 to 0.1250 0.1251 to 0.2500 0.2501 to 0.5000 0.5001 to 3.0000 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 287
    0 to 65535 revolutions Update rate: 4ms x number of dumb modules x.36 Freeze position 0 to 65535 (1/2 ths of a revolution) Update rate: 4ms x number of dumb modules Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 288
    (for a minimum of 10s). If the temperature falls below 90°C, the fan can operate normally again. If the PCB temperature exceeds 100°C, the drive is tripped and the error status is set to 74. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 289: Sm-Io Plus

    I/O 3 invert Positive parameter X.29 logic select ??.?? x(-1) ??.?? Input Read-write (RW) 0.XX terminals parameter Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter terminals The parameters are all shown at their default setting Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 290
    This module has three digital input/outputs (DI/O1 to DI/O3), three digital inputs (DI4 to DI6) and two relays outputs (D07 and DO8). The inputs can operate with positive or negative logic (defined by Pr x.29), the outputs operate with positive logic using high side drivers only and the relay outputs operate with positive logic only. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 291
    Pr x.05 Pr x.15 Pr x.25 00.00 Pr x.06 Pr x.16 Pr x.26 00.00 T21/T22 DO7(Relay) Pr x.07 Pr x.17 Pr x.27 00.00 T23/T22 DO8(Relay) Pr x.08 Pr x.18 Pr x.28 00.00 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 292
    Terminal Input Input modes Resolution Voltage only 10 bit plus sign Voltage only 10 bit plus sign Terminal Output Output modes Resolution Voltage only 10 bit plus sign Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 293
    T7 digital input 5 invert x.16 T8 digital input 6 invert x.17 Relay 1 invert x.18 Relay 2 invert OFF (0) or On (1) OFF (0) Update rate: 8ms x number of dumb modules Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 294
    I/O 1 Pr x.21 Pr x.09 Pr x.11 Pr x.31 I/O 2 Pr x.22 Pr x.10 Pr x.12 Pr x.32 I/O 3 Pr x.23 Pr x.03 Pr x.13 Pr x.33 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 295
    Update rate: Read on reset x.48 Analog output 1 source Pr 0.00 to Pr 21.51 Pr 0.00 Update rate: Read on reset x.49 Analog output 1 scaling 0.000 to 4.000 1.000 Update rate: Background read Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 296
    (for a minimum of 10s). If the temperature falls below 90°C, the fan can operate normally again. If the PCB temperature exceeds 100°C, the drive is tripped and the error status is set to 74. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 297: Sm-Io Lite & Sm-Io Timer

    Invert x.17 0.00 State Default source x.07 Pr 0.00 21.51 Input Read-write (RW) 0.XX terminals parameter Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter terminals The parameters are all shown at their default settings Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 298
    Years Real time x.37 clock Real time clock +1 hour Input Read-write (RW) 0.XX terminals parameter Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter terminals The parameters are all shown at their default settings Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 299
    The digital inputs are set-up in positive logic only. This logic cannot be changed. x.07 Relay state (Terminals T21 and T23) OFF(0) or On(1) Update rate: Background write 0: OFF de-energized 1: On energized This parameter indicates the state of the relay. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 300
    Destination parameters define the parameter each of the programmable inputs is to control. Only parameters that are not protected can be controlled by the programmable digital inputs. If a non-valid parameter is programmed, the digital input is not routed anywhere. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 301
    00.00 Update rate: Background read/write x.37 Real time clock years 2000 to 2099 2000 Update rate: Background read/write NOTE Pr x.34 to Pr x.37 are not available on the SM-I/O Lite. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 302
    This parameter is used to scale the analog input if so desired. However in most cases it is not necessary as each input is automatically scaled such that for 100.0%, the destination parameters (defined by the settings of Pr x.43) will be at maximum. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 303
    When a Solutions Module is installed that does not contain software, both Pr x.02 and Pr x.51 appear as zero. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 304: Sm-Io Pelv

    X.14 I/O 4 invert unprotected bit parameter ??.?? x(-1) ??.?? Input Read-write (RW) 0.XX terminals parameter Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter terminals The parameters are all shown at their default setting Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 305
    1 level input 1 destination X.40 unprotected X.43 Analog input 1 variable parameter ??.?? X.38 X.41 Analog Analog ??.?? input 1 input 1 x(-1) mode selector scaling X.42 Analog input 1 invert Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 306
    Figure 5-24 SM-I/O PELV analog output logic diagram T10 Analog output 1 T12 Analog output 2 Input Read-write (RW) 0.XX terminals parameter Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter terminals The parameters are all shown at their default settings Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 307
    T3 digital I/O 1 state x.10 T4 digital I/O 2 state OFF (0) or On (1) Update rate: 4ms write These parameters indicate the input and output states of the terminals. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 308
    A minimum of 500μs must pass between consecutive freeze inputs. If a freeze input should occur less than 500μs after the previous one, the second will be ignored and have no effect on the drive. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 309
    OFF (0) or On (1) OFF (0) Update rate: Background read These parameters select the function of terminals T3 to T5 as follows: OFF (0) = digital input On (1) = digital output Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 310
    Pr 0.00 Update rate: Read on reset Only unprotected parameters can be controlled by analog inputs. If a non valid parameter is programmed to the destination, the input is not routed anywhere. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 311
    This module contains two processors, and thus two software versions. Pr x.02 shows the version number of the main module processor. Pr x.51, which is normally used to give a sub-version number, shows the software version in the slave processor, which operates on the PELV side of the isolation barrier. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 312: Sm-Io 120V

    T8 digital Input 6 x.16 ??.?? unprotected parameter x(-1) ??.?? Input Read-write (RW) 0.XX terminals parameter Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter terminals The parameters are all shown at their default settings Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 313
    EEPROM the option code of the currently installed Solutions Module is saved in EEPROM. If the drive is subsequently powered-up with a different Solutions Module installed, or no Solutions Module installed where one was previously installed, the drive gives a SLx.dF or SLx.nf trip. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 314
    This word is used to determine the status of the digital inputs and relays by reading one parameter. The bits in this word reflect the state of Pr x.03 to Pr x.10. Digital input/ relays Digital input 1 Digital input 2 Digital input 3 Digital input 4 Digital input 5 Digital input 6 Relay 1 Relay 2 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 315
    This Solutions Module includes a temperature monitoring circuit. If the PCB temperature exceeds 90°C, the drive fan is forced to operate at full speed for a minimum of 10s on Unidrive SP. If the temperature falls below 90°C, the fan can operate normally again. If the PCB temperature exceeds 100°C, the drive is tripped and the error status is set to 74.
  • Page 316: Sm-Io 24V Protected

    X.14 I/O 4 invert Any unprotected parameter ??.?? x(-1) ??.?? Input Read-write (RW) 0.XX terminals parameter Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter terminals The parameters are all shown at their default setting Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 317
    ??.?? x(-1) ??.?? T9 digital input 7 state T9 digital T9 digital input 7 input 7 invert destination X.07 X.17 X.27 unprotected T9 digital input 7 parameter ??.?? x(-1) ??.?? Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 318
    Figure 5-32 SM-I/O 24V Protected analog output logic diagram T10 Analog output 1 T12 Analog output 2 Input Read-write (RW) 0.XX terminals parameter Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter terminals The parameters are all shown at their default settings Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 319
    Update rate: Write on power-up On Unidrive SP the menu for the relevant slot appears for the new Solutions Module category with the default parameter values for the new category. When no Solutions Module is installed in the relevant slot this parameter is zero. When a Solutions Module is installed this parameter displays the identification code.
  • Page 320
    OFF (0) or On (1) OFF (0) Update rate: Background read These parameters select the function of terminals T3 to T5 as follows: OFF (0) = digital input On (1) = digital output Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 321
    The parameter required to be represented as an analog signal by the analog output on terminal 10, should be programmed into this parameter. x.49 Analog output 1 scaling 0.000 to 4.000 1.000 Update rate: Background read This parameter can be used to scale the analog output if so desired. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 322
    This module contains two processors, and thus two software versions. Pr x.02 shows the version number of the main module processor. Pr x.51, which is normally used to give a sub-version number, shows the software version in the slave processor. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 323: Sm-Io 32

    Update rate: Write on power-up On Unidrive SP the menu for the relevant slot appears for the new Solutions Module category with the default parameter values for the new category. When no Solutions Module is installed in the relevant slot this parameter is zero. When a Solutions Module is installed this parameter displays the identification code.

  • Page 324
    Pr x.10 as follows: Digital I/O Parameter DIO1 Pr x.09 DIO2 Pr x.10 DIO3 Pr x.03 DIO4 Pr x.04 DIO5 Pr x.05 DIO6 Pr x.06 DIO7 Pr x.07 DIO8 Pr x.08 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 325
    I/O status for all 32 I/O lines will be limited to the read register parameter range before being written to the read register parameter. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 326
    Pr x.51 = zz, where: xx specifies a change that affects hardware compatibility yy specifies a change that affects product documentation zz specifies a change that does not affect the product documentation. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 327: Sm-Applications Modules

    Failed to update drive parameter database cache in Flash memory. Not Run User program downloaded while drive enabled. Will occur if #MM.37 = 1 and a program is downloaded. Failed to change drive mode ♣♥ Invalid CTNet buffer operation. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 328
    1-9. Zero is not permitted since it is used by the master for addressing groups of nodes. This parameter has no effect if the EIA-RS485 mode is 25 (CTSync) or 26 (CTSync) Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 329
    Mode 78: 1 start bit, 7 data bits, ODD parity, 1 stop bit Applications CT-Sync Master The baud rate is fixed at 896875bps Applications CT-Sync Slave The baud rate is fixed at 896875bps Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 330
    Update Rate Initialisation Defines the scheduling period (tick-time), in milliseconds, for the DPL CLOCK task. A value of zero will disable the CLOCK task. NOTE Prior to version 01.05.00 Unidrive SP the default for this parameter was 0ms (disabled). ♦♣♥ x.12…
  • Page 331
    20 (depending upon the setting of Pr x.21). NOTE Note that this will also cause a reset of the module and this parameter will return back to zero automatically. Also if the Unidrive SP is tripped, it will be reset. Menu 81 will not be saved.
  • Page 332
    If menu 20 is to be restored on power-up the user must ensure that this parameter is saved in the drive before powering down. Since menu 20 is a global drive menu, only one option installed to the Unidrive SP should be used to store and restore menu 20, therefore if more than one Applications module is installed to the drive only one should have this parameter set otherwise menu 20 will not be restored correctly on power-up.
  • Page 333
    When this parameter is 0 the drive will trip with runtime error 81 if an APC non-recoverable error occurs, such as use of an initialized CAM function. When this parameter is 1 the drive will not trip when an APC non-recoverable error occurs. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 334
    This parameter is dependant on what is running in the module i.e. Indexer ♣ x.46 User Set-Up Parameter 2 Access Range Default Update Rate N/A This parameter is dependant on what is running in the module i.e. Indexer Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 335
    0 to 99 Default Update Rate N/A Specifies the minor revision number of the operating system of the Applications module. Use in conjunction with Pr x.02 to form the complete version number. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 336: Sm-Ezmotion

    Value Out of Range SP Menu Parameter is out of range. Use the Unidrive SP User Guide to verify the range of the parameter and try again SP Database Setup Error…

  • Page 337
    File Corruption Error — Consult Factory File Corruption Error — Consult Factory Program Error — Too Many Wait For No more than nine arguments in Wait Limit # of arguments and redownloads Instructions for Instruction Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 338
    Module Output Overload this fault occurs, the digital output SM-EZMotion module digital outputs so that device attached to the module outputs they draw no more than 20mA total. is drawing too much current. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 339
    This parameter shows the status of digital Input #2 on the SM-EZMotion module. A value of 1 indicates that the Input is active. A value of 0 indicates that the Input is inactive. This equates Pin # 3 on the EZMotion I/O Connector. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 340
    Pr x.48 = 11023 would signify that user programs are currently running on Task 2 and Task 1, and that a Index is running on Profile 1 while a Jog is running on Profile 0. Pr x.48 = 104 would signify that a user program is running on Task 0 and Gearing motion is running on Profile 0. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 341
    Pr x.50 = zz. Where xx specifies a change that affects hardware compatibility, yy specifies a change that affects product documentation, and zz specifies a change that does not affect the product documentation. When a module is installed that does not contain software both these parameters appear as zero. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 342: Sm-Slm

    Standalone mode (S.AlonE) — uses the SLM module for position feedback, nameplate data and speed loop control. • Fieldbus mode (FiELd.bS) — uses an external host for the speed demand only. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 343
    Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter Serial comms Electronic Menus 15 to 17 Macros Performance RFC mode structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol nameplate SM-SLM Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 344
    5.18 = 8kHz 3.26 = SM-SLM slot SAVE Input Read-write (RW) 0.XX terminals parameter Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter terminals The parameters are all shown in their default settings Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 345
    16 Trip Speed x.03 Lock position feedback x.49 x.29 Action read from Revolution Fine SLM EEPROM Position counter position (CT Coder) Autotune mode x.04 x.05 x.06 x.26 Parameters transferred x.28 LOAD Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 346
    When the feedback device rotates by more than one revolution, the revolutions in Pr x.04 increment or decrement in the form of a sixteen bit roll-over counter. The marker offset corrects this position. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 347
    0 to 5 1 (0.250 s) Drive modes: Encoder only Update rate: Background read This parameter specifies the time delay between the drive power-up and the SLM being available in 250ms units. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 348
    Axis initialisation wait Host mode, wait for SLM to get absolute position SP mode comms set-up Conversion to Unidrive SP type comms SP mode comms set-up wait Host mode, wait for SLM to change to page 2 Wait for hardware enable…
  • Page 349
    Motor saturation point 1 Pr 5.29 • Motor saturation point 2 Pr 5.30 NOTE In Encoder only mode, a parameter save cannot be performed with the drive in either RUN or STOP. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 350
    Indicates that the axis has been correctly initialized and is ready to run. • Encoder only mode: Axis initialised active from sequencer status • Host mode: Axis initialised active from sequencer plus external motion controller Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 351
    When a Solutions Module is installed that does not contain software, both Pr x.02 and Pr x.51 appear as zero. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 352: Fieldbus Module Category Parameters

    EEPROM. If the drive is subsequently powered-up with a different Solutions Module installed, or no Solutions Module is installed when one was previously installed, the drive will trip on SLx.dF or SLx.nF. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 353
    When a Solutions Module is installed that does not contain software, both Pr x.02 and Pr x.51 appear as zero. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 354: Menu 18: Application Menu 1

    Update rate 18.31 to 18.50 Application menu 1 read-write bit Drive modes Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Regen Txt VM DP US RW BU Coding Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Default Regen Update rate Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 355: Menu 19: Application Menu 2

    Update rate 19.31 to 19.50 Application menu 2 read-write bit Drive modes Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Regen Txt VM DP US RW BU Coding Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Default Regen Update rate Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 356: Menu 20: Application Menu 3

    *Menu 20 parameters are non-clonable and cannot be saved in a full parameter type data block or difference from default data block on a SMART card with software versions before V01.07.00. However, with V01.07.00 onwards these parameters are saved in a difference from defaults type data block if they are not at their default value. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 357: Menu 21: Second Motor Parameters

    Pr 1.14 parameter Update rate 4ms read Unlike the motor 1 (Pr 1.14) this parameter is not used for T28 and T29 digital input auto-selection (see Pr 8.39 on page 169). Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 358
    0.0 to 3200.0 s/100Hz Range Closed-loop vector, Servo 0.000 to 3200.000 s/1000rpm Open-loop Default Closed-loop vector 2.000 Servo 0.200 Normal Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo Pr 2.11 parameter Update rate Background read Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 359
    0 to 180,000 rpm Range Closed-loop vector, Servo 0.00 to 40,000.00 rpm Open-loop, 1500 Default Closed-loop vector 1450.00 Servo 3000.00 Normal Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo Pr 5.08 parameter Update rate Background read Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 360
    The table below shows the units. Therefore 1.000 in the parameter represents the resistance shown in the units column. Units Drive size Ω SP0xxx 10.0 SP1xxx to SP5xxx SP6xxx to SP9xxx and SPMxxxxx 0.01 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 361
    Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Range 0.0 to 3000.0 Regen Open-loop, 89.0 Closed-loop vector, Default Servo 20.0 Regen 89.0 Normal motor Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Pr 4.15 parameter Regen Update rate Background read Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 362
    Encoder phase angle Drive modes Servo Txt VM DP US RW BU Coding Range Servo 0.0 to 359.9 ° electrical Default Servo Normal motor Servo Pr 3.25 parameter Update rate Background read Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 363
    Drive modes Closed-loop vector Txt VM DP US RW BU Coding Range Closed-loop vector 0.00 to 5,000.00 mH Default Closed-loop vector 0.00 Normal Closed-loop vector Pr 5.25 parameter Update rate Background read Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 364
    Coding Range Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo 0 to MOTOR2_CURRENT_LIMIT_MAX % Open-loop 165.0* Default Closed-loop vector, Servo, Regen 175.0* Normal Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Pr 4.06 parameter Regen Update rate Background read Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 365
    Txt VM DP US RW BU Coding Range Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo 0 to 655.35mm Default Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo 0.00mm Normal Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo Pr 5.36 parameter Update rate Background read Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 366: Menu 22: Additional Menu 0 Set-Up

    SMARTCARD. This ensures that defaults are used for this menu if the saved parameters are from a software version which did not include this menu. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 367: Bit Parameters

    Pr 160.00 to Pr 161.00 to Pr 162.00 to Pr 163.00 to Pr 164.00 to Pr 165.00 to Pr 160.99 Pr 161.99 Pr 162.99 Pr 163.99 Pr 164.99 Pr 165.99 Menu 165 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 368: Macros

    The brake control macro configures the drive to apply or release a mechanical brake on a motor in a crane or hoist application. The drive issues a brake release signal via a digital output when the relevant conditions are met. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 369
    1.00 to 99.99 RO Uni NC PT RW Read / Write Read only Unipolar Bi-polar Bit parameter Text string Filtered Destination Not copied Rating dependent Protected User save Power down save Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 370: Fundamental Differences Between Unidrive Sp And Unidrive Classic

    • Macro 3 on Unidrive SP works in a slightly different way to Unidrive Classic. In the Unidrive Classic Macro 3, the only way in which the preset speeds can be enabled was to switch digital input F6 to logic 1.

  • Page 371: Macro 1 — Easy Mode

    Table 6-2 on page 369, as this is Easy mode. Pr 0.11 to Pr 0.30 are not configured to point to any other parameter in this mode. Table 6-3 Parameter set-up to reproduce Macro 1 on a Unidrive SP Value Parameter 5.14…

  • Page 372
    1.17 Keypad control mode reference Precision reference (not used with Menu 0) Input Read-write (RW) 0.XX terminals parameter Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter terminals Menu 0 changes from default configuration Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 373
    Speed-loop OL> Motor-voltage control 0.09 derivative gain 0.07 Voltage mode selector 0.08 0.10 Boost voltage Estimated motor 0.09 speed Dynamic V/f select Motor speed Power stage 0.10 0.41 PWM switching frequency Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 374: Macro 2 — Motorized Potentiometer

    OFF (0) or On (1) OFF (0) RW Bit 0.29 Motorized pot rate {9.23} 0 to 250 s RW Uni 0.30 Motorized pot scale factor {9.24} 0.000 to 4.000 1.000 RW Uni Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 375
    RFC mode structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol nameplate Table 6-5 Parameter set-up to reproduce Macro 2 on a Unidrive SP Value Parameter 7.14 T7 analog input 2 destination Pr 0.00 8.21 T24 digital I/O 1 source / destination Pr 9.26…
  • Page 376
    0.27 Motorized pot. zero-start select 0.28 Motorized pot. Bipolar select Read-only (RO) 0.29 Motorized pot. rate Output 0.XX parameter 0.30 Motorized pot.output scale factor terminals Menu 0 changes from default configuration Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 377
    OL> Motor-voltage control 0.09 derivative gain 0.07 Voltage mode selector 0.08 0.10 Boost voltage Estimated motor 0.09 speed Dynamic V/f select Motor Motor speed active-current Power stage 0.10 0.13 0.41 PWM switching frequency Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 378: Macro 3 — Preset Speeds

    Preset reference 2 {1.22} ±SPEED_FREQ_MAX Hz/rpm RW Bi 0.27 Preset reference 3 {1.23} ±SPEED_FREQ_MAX Hz/rpm RW Bi 0.28 Preset reference 4 {1.24} ±SPEED_FREQ_MAX Hz/rpm RW Bi 0.29 Not used 0.30 Not used Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 379
    RFC mode structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol nameplate Table 6-7 Parameter set-up to reproduce Macro 3 on a Unidrive SP Value Parameter 8.21 T24 digital I/O 1 source / destination Pr 1.46 8.25 T28 digital input 5 destination Pr 1.45…
  • Page 380
    0.26 Preset reference 2 0.27 Preset reference 3 0.28 Preset reference 4 Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX 0.29 (Not used) parameter terminals 0.30 (Not used) Menu 0 changes from default configuration Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 381
    OL> Motor-voltage control 0.09 derivative gain 0.07 Voltage mode selector 0.08 0.10 Boost voltage Motor speed 0.09 Dynamic V/f select Motor Motor speed active-current Power stage 0.10 0.13 0.41 PWM switching frequency Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 382: Macro 4 — Torque Control

    0 to 40,000 rpm RW Uni 0.29 T5/6 analog input 1 scaling (7.08) 0 to 4.000 1.000 RW Uni 0.30 T7 analog input 2 scaling (7.12) 0 to 4.000 1.000 RW Uni Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 383
    Performance RFC mode structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol nameplate Table 6-9 Parameter set-up to reproduce Macro 4 on a Unidrive SP Value Parameter 7.10 Analog input 1 destination Pr 4.08 7.14 Analog input 2 destination Pr 1.36 8.22 T25 digital I/O 2 source / destination Pr 10.04…
  • Page 384
    Analog input 2 (maximum speed override level) 0.28 Over-speed threshold Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter 0.29 Analog input 1 scaling terminals 0.30 Analog input 2 scaling Menu 0 changes from default configuration Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 385
    OL> Motor-voltage control 0.09 derivative gain 0.07 Voltage mode selector 0.08 0.10 Boost voltage Estimated motor 0.09 speed Dynamic V/f select Motor Motor speed active-current Power stage 0.10 0.13 0.41 PWM switching frequency Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 386: Macro 5 — Pid Control

    RW Uni 0.29 T8 analog input 3 scaling (7.16) 0 to 4.000 1.000 RW Uni 0.30 PID optional enable source (14.09) Pr 0.00 to 21.51 Pr 0.00 RW Uni PT US Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 387
    Performance RFC mode structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol nameplate Table 6-11 Parameter set-up to reproduce Macro 5 on a Unidrive SP Value Parameter 7.10 Analog input 1 destination Pr 0.00 7.14 Analog input 2 destination Pr 1.27 7.15…
  • Page 388
    0.27 Preset reference 8 Read-only (RO) 0.28 Analog input 2 scaling Output 0.XX parameter 0.29 Analog input 3 scaling terminals 0.30 Optional PID-enable source selector Menu 0 changes from default configuration Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 389
    OL> Motor-voltage control 0.09 derivative gain 0.07 Voltage mode selector 0.08 0.10 Boost voltage Estimated motor 0.09 speed Dynamic V/f select Motor Motor speed active-current Power stage 0.10 0.13 0.41 PWM switching frequency Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 390: Macro 6 — Axis Limit Control

    OFF (0) or On (1) OFF (0) RW Bit 0.23 Not used 0.24 Not used 0.25 Not used 0.26 Not used 0.27 Not used 0.28 Not used 0.29 Not used 0.30 Not used Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 391
    Electronic Macros Performance RFC mode structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol nameplate Table 6-13 Parameter set-up to reproduce Macro 6 on a Unidrive SP Value Parameter 1.10 Bipolar select On (1) 2.04 Ramp mode FASt 2.22 Deceleration rate 2 8.39…
  • Page 392
    (not used) terminals parameter 0.26 (not used) 0.27 (not used) Read-only (RO) 0.28 (not used) Output 0.XX parameter 0.29 (not used) terminals 0.30 (not used) Menu 0 changes from default configuration Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 393
    OL> Motor-voltage control 0.09 derivative gain 0.07 Voltage mode selector 0.08 0.10 Boost voltage Estimated motor 0.09 speed Dynamic V/f select Motor Motor speed active-current Power stage 0.10 0.13 0.41 PWM switching frequency Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 394: Macro 7 — Brake Control

    RW Bi 0.21 Not used 0.22 Not used 0.23 Not used 0.24 Not used 0.25 Not used 0.26 Not used 0.27 Not used 0.28 Not used 0.29 Not used 0.30 Not used Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 395
    Macros Performance RFC mode structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol nameplate Table 6-15 Parameter set-up to reproduce Macro 7 on a Unidrive SP Default( ) Parameter 2.04 Ramp mode FASt (0) 3.05 Zero speed threshold 5.27 Enable slip compensation OFF (0) 6.08…
  • Page 396
    At zero speed 0.17 delay indicator Reference enabled indicator 1.11 (see the Unidrive Advanced User Guide) 0.20 Brake application At zero speed 0.17 delay indicator Menu 0 changes from default configuration Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 397
    0.29 (not used) select 0.30 (not used) Motor Motor speed Read-write (RW) active-current 0.XX Power stage parameter 0.10 0.13 0.41 Read-only (RO) 0.XX parameter PWM switching frequency Input terminals Output terminals Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 398: Macro 8 — Digital Lock

    RW Txt no.rP (2) 0.29 Revolution counter {x.04} 0 to 65,535 revolutions RO Uni FI NC PT Drive encoder revolution 0.30 {3.28} 0 to 65,535 revolutions RO Uni FI NC PT counter Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 399
    Macros Performance RFC mode structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol nameplate Table 6-17 Parameter set-up to reproduce Macro 8 on a Unidrive SP Value Parameter 2.02 Ramp enable OFF (0) 2.04 Ramp mode FASt 8.21 T24 digital I/O source / destination Pr 13.15…
  • Page 400
    0.17 Reference encoder/resolver ratio Digital-lock modes: Orientation modes: Feedback-encoder 0.18 speed Feedback encoder 0.30 revolution Orientation counter reference Encoder / feedback 0.19 0.26 position Position 0.20 error Drive encoder input Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 401
    0.26 Orientation reference 0.27 Orientation acceptance window Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX 0.28 Stop mode selector parameter terminals 0.29 Reference encoder/resolver revolution counter 0.30 Feedback encoder/resolver revolution counter Menu 0 changes from default configuration Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 402: Serial Communications Protocol

    Introduction 123456 +123456 Unidrive SP supports an ANSIx3.28 type comms protocol as supported by previous Control Techniques products with some modification to allow If the parameter to be read does not exist the End of transmission access to 32 bit parameters. This chapter describes the implementation character (Ctl D) is returned.

  • Page 403: Drive Address

    1. The command is aborted because a non-numerical value is received in the drive address, menu or parameter numbers. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 404: Modbus Rtu

    0 through 65535. The register address is therefore #menu.param is mapped into the MODBUS register space as menu*100 decremented on the master device before passing to the protocol. + param. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 405: Data Consistency

    Length of register data to write (in bytes) Number of 16bit registers LSB Register data 0 MSB CRC LSB Register data 0 LSB CRC MSB 7+byte count CRC LSB 8+byte count CRC MSB Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 406: Extended Data Types

    #1.29 is a signed 16 bit parameter with a value of 0xABCD, and #1.30 is type. a signed 16 bit parameter with a value of 0x0123. NOTE The selection is applied for the whole block access. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 407: Exceptions

    If a write multiple (FC16 or FC23) request exceeds the slave maximum buffer size then the slave will discard the message. No exception will be transmitted in this case and the master will time out. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 408: Electronic Nameplate

    Therefore, either the speed controller gains defined in the performance object or those derived from the compliance angle, bandwidth and damping factor parameters are used. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 409: Motor Object

    5.11 Motor poles 5.17 Stator resistance (Rs) 5.24 Transient inductance (Ls’) 5.25 Stator inductance (Ls) 5.29 Motor saturation breakpoint 1 5.30 Motor saturation breakpoint 2 5.32 Motor torque per amp (Kt) Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 410: Performance Objects

    Regen current limit 4.12 Torque demand filter 4.13 Current controller Kp gain 4.14 Current controller Ki gain Spare 0 Spare 1 Spare 2 Spare 3 Spare 4 Spare 5 Spare 6 Spare 7 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 411
    Regen current limit 4.12 Torque demand filter 4.13 Current controller Kp gain 4.14 Current controller Ki gain Spare 0 Spare 1 Spare 2 Spare 3 Spare 4 Spare 5 Spare 6 Spare 7 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 412: Performance

    24-26 as input 250μs 24-26 as output 27-29 250μs 31 (enable) 4ms* 4ms* 31 (disable) <100us <100μs Relay output closing 4ms* 4ms* 4ms* 4ms* Relay output opening 4ms* 4ms* 4ms* 4ms* *software only Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 413: Current Feedback

    The phase delay of the current controller has a limiting effect on the response of the outer loop. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 414: Rotor Flux Control (Rfc) Mode

    To set up the Unidrive SP in RFC mode follow the instructions below. 2. With RFC mode it is possible to switch between closed loop vector mode with a position feedback device and RFC mode while running…

  • Page 415
    Brake control function …………218 Drive reset …………..14 Braking IGBT active …………..179 Drive warning ……………. 181 Braking resistor alarm …………179 DRIVE_CURRENT_MAX …………19 Braking time …………….197 Dynamic V to F …………..122 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 416
    Jog acceleration rate …………… 48 Jog deceleration rate ………….. 49 Jog reference …………….32 Keypad ………………10 Keypad control ……………. 14 Keypad control mode reference ……….37 Keypad operation …………..10 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 417
    Relay source …………….. 168 Resolution …………….51 Revolution counter …………..67 RFC mode …………….414 Rigid position control …………240 Rotating test …………..118 Run time …………….141 Running cost …………….. 141 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 418
    Stator resistance …………..122 Status mode …………….11 Wire break detect …………..74 Status word …………….202 Stop mode …………….135 Switching frequency — maximum ……….. 124 Zero speed …………….178 Zero speed threshold …………..53 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 420
    0471-0002-10…

  • Contents

  • Table of Contents

  • Bookmarks

Quick Links

Advanced User Guide

U

Universal Variable Speed AC

Drive for induction and servo

motors

Part Number: 0471-0002-10

www.controltechniques.com

loading

Related Manuals for Emerson unidrive sp

Summary of Contents for Emerson unidrive sp

  • Page 1
    Advanced User Guide Universal Variable Speed AC Drive for induction and servo motors Part Number: 0471-0002-10 Issue: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 2
    General Information The manufacturer accepts no liability for any consequences resulting from inappropriate, negligent or incorrect installation or adjustment of the optional operating parameters of the equipment or from mismatching the variable speed drive with the motor. The contents of this guide are believed to be correct at the time of printing. In the interests of a commitment to a policy of continuous development and improvement, the manufacturer reserves the right to change the specification of the product or its performance, or the contents of the guide, without notice.
  • Page 3: Table Of Contents

    Menu 4: Torque and current control ………………..88 5.6.1 Open-loop ……………………………. 89 5.6.2 Closed-loop vector …………………………90 5.6.3 Servo …………………………….91 5.6.4 Regen …………………………….92 5.6.5 Parameter descriptions ………………………… 93 Menu 5: Motor control ……………………109 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 4: Table Of Contents

    Solutions module parameters ……………………..367 Macros ……………………368 Introduction ……………………….368 6.1.1 Fundamental differences between Unidrive SP and Unidrive Classic …………..370 Macro 1 — Easy Mode ……………………371 Macro 2 — Motorized potentiometer ………………..374 Macro 3 — Preset speeds ……………………378 Macro 4 — Torque control ……………………

  • Page 5: Table Of Contents

    Speed loop …………………………..413 9.6.2 Current loop …………………………..413 Rotor Flux Control (RFC) mode…………….414 10.1 Introduction ……………………….414 10.2 Setting up the RFC mode ……………………414 10.3 Further Tuning ………………………414 10.4 Other Considerations …………………….414 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 6: Parameter Structure

    Figure 1-2 Menu structure Menu 0 ..XX.00..0.50 0.49 0.48 0.47 0.46 Moves between parameters 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 Moves between Menus Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 7
    Hz/rpm 0.27 CL> Drive encoder lines per {3.34} 0 to 50,000 1024 4096 RW Uni revolution 0.28 Keypad fwd/rev key enable {6.13} OFF (0) or On (1) OFF (0) RW Bit Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 8
    Destination: This parameter selects the destination of an software version V01.08.00 and later, power-down save input or logic function. parameters are also saved in the drive when the user initiates a parameter save. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 9: Advanced Menus

    Any Solutions Module type is recognized with all drive types in any slots. The relevant template is used to define menu 15 for the module type installed in slot 1, menu 16 for slot 2, and menu 17 for slot 3. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 10: Issue

    Understanding the display There are two keypads available for the Unidrive SP. The SM-Keypad has an LED display and the SM-Keypad Plus has an LCD display. Both keypads can be installed to the drive but the SM-Keypad Plus can also be remotely mounted on an enclosure door.

  • Page 11: Status Mode

    Up key action when the last parameter in a menu is being least significant digit; and secondly by selecting each digit in turn and displayed will cause the parameter number to roll over to Pr x.00. adjusting them to the required value. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 12: Sm-Keypad Plus

    Unipolar Bi-polar Bit parameter Text string Filtered Destination Not copied Rating dependent Protected User save Power down save For more information about the SM-Keypad Plus, see the SM-Keypad Plus User Guide. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 13: Parameter Access Level And Security

    Access to menu 0 only Access to all menus (menu 0 to menu 22) The Access Level can be changed through the keypad even if the User Security has been set. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 14: Alarm And Trip Display

    This can be done whether the drive is disabled or running. If the Up or Down keys are held the rate of change of keypad reference increases with time. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 15: Special Display Functions

    This is only carried out loading if the parameter information held by the Solutions Module is for a different drive software version. The drive allows up to five seconds for this process. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 16: Parameter X.00

    Pr x.00 and Pr 11.42 are then reset to zero. If Pr 11.42 has a value of 3 or 4 it will operate correctly causing parameters to be save to a smart card each time a parameter save is performed. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 17: Loading Defaults

    110zy to parameter x.00 and resetting the drive where z is 0 for the drive or 1, 2 or 3 for Solutions Module slots 1, 2 or 3 respectively. See Chapter 8 Electronic nameplate on page 408 for details. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 18: Parameter Description Format

    Power-down save: parameter automatically saved in drive EEPROM when the under volts (UV) trip occurs. With software version V01.08.00 and later, power-down save parameters are also saved in the drive when the user initiates a parameter save. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 19: Parameter Ranges And Variable Maximums

    DRIVE_CURRENT_MAX The maximum drive current is the current at the over current trip level and is given by: [9999.99A] DRIVE_CURRENT_MAX = Kc / 0.45 where Kc is the current scaling factor Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 20
    Regen unit rated current is given by Pr 5.07 Maximum output voltage set-point AC_VOLTAGE_SET_MAX Defines the maximum motor voltage that can be selected. [690V] 200V drives: 240V, 400V drives: 480V 575V drives: 575V, 690V drives: 690V Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 21
    Software V01.07.01 and earlier: POWER_MAX = √3 x AC_VOLTAGE_MAX x Kc x 1.75 Software V01.08.00 and later: POWER_MAX = √3 x AC_VOLTAGE_MAX x DRIVE_CURRENT_MAX The values given in square brackets indicate the absolute maximum value allowed for the variable maximum. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 22
    27.0 27.0 36.0 SP4604 36.0 36.0 43.0 SP4605 43.0 43.0 52.0 SP4606 52.0 52.0 62.0 SP5601 63.0 63.0 84.0 SP5602 85.0 85.0 99.0 SP6601 85.7 100.0 125.0 SP6602 107.1 125.0 144.0 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 23: Default

    15 to 17. If a conflict occurs a dESt trip occurs that cannot be reset until the conflict is resolved. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 24: Sources And Destinations

    0.1rpm units) used when high speed updating is not in Modules (see description for the appropriate Solutions Module). operation. Therefore the absolute scaling of the analog inputs varies slightly between normal and high speed updating. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 25: Torque Reference Update Rate

    The fast update rate is only possible provided the conditions given below are met. Analog inputs 2 or 3 on the drive The analog inputs must be in voltage mode with zero offset. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 26: Advanced Parameter Descriptions

    Power-down save: parameter automatically saved in drive EEPROM when the under volts (UV) trip occurs. With software version V01.08.00 and later, power-down save parameters are also saved in the drive when the user initiates a parameter save. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 27: Feature Look-Up Table

    3.15 3.16 3.17 3.18 Hard speed reference 3.22 3.23 Heavy duty rating 5.07 11.32 High stability space vector 5.19 modulation I/O sequencer 6.04 6.30 6.31 6.32 6.33 6.34 6.42 6.43 6.41 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 28
    Thermal protection — drive 5.18 5.35 7.04 7.05 7.06 7.32 7.35 10.18 Thermal protection — motor 4.15 5.07 4.19 4.16 4.25 7.15 Thermistor input 7.15 7.03 Threshold detector 1 12.01 12.03 to 12.07 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 29
    Voltage controller 5.31 Voltage mode 5.14 5.17 5.23 5.15 Voltage rating 11.33 5.09 5.05 Voltage supply 6.44 6.46 5.05 Warning 10.19 10.12 10.17 10.18 10.40 Zero speed indicator bit 3.05 10.03 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 30: Menu 1: Frequency/Speed Reference

    Precision reference Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX 1.18 parameter Memory terminals 1.19 Precision The parameters are all shown in their default settings reference trim *Refer to Pr 1.14 on page 35. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 31
    Skip freq./ speed 1 speed 2 speed 3 Velocity feed-forward 1.05 1.30 1.32 1.34 [1.06] reference Skip freq./ Skip freq./ Skip freq./ reference speed band speed band speed band [1.06] [1.07] Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 32
    Reference used for jogging. See section 5.8 Menu 6: Sequencer and clock on page 134 for details on when the jog mode can be activated. The jog reference can be used for relative jogging in digital lock mode (see section 5.15 Menu 13: Position control on page 232). Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 33
    If Pr 1.08=1: SPEED_FREQ_MAX is Pr 1.06 or -Pr 1.07 whichever is the largest (If the second motor map is selected Pr 21.01 is used instead of Pr 1.06 and Pr 21.02 instead of Pr 1.07) Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 34
    Pr 1.01 = selected reference x (100 + Pr 1.38) / 100 and when this parameter is 1 the reference is given by Pr 1.01 = selected reference + Pr 1.04 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 35
    Preset defined by Pr 1.50 (Pr 1.21 to Pr 1.28) Preset defined by Pr 1.50 (Pr 1.21 to Pr 1.28) Keypad reference (Pr 1.17) Precision reference (Pr 1.18 and Pr 1.19) ** x = any value Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 36
    This parameter defines the time between preset reference changes when Pr 1.15 is set to 9. If Pr 1.48 is set to 1 then the preset counter and timer are reset and preset 1 will be selected. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 37
    Closed loop As with open-loop a higher resolution speed reference can be programmed by selecting these parameters. In this case the speed will have a resolution of 0.001 rpm. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 38
    Closed-loop vector and servo DP = 0 Open-loop 0.0 to 3,000.0 Hz Range Closed-loop vector, Servo 0 to 40,000 rpm Open-loop Default Closed-loop vector, Servo Update rate Background read See below. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 39
    Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV US RW BU Coding Range Open-loop Closed-loop vector, Servo ±100.00 % Default Open-loop Closed-loop vector, Servo 0.00 Update rate 4ms read See Pr 1.09 on page 34. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 40
    When this flag is set the preset timer for auto preset timer mode (Pr 01.15 = 9) is reset and preset 1 is selected. This can be used to start a new sequence of reference selection by a programmable input terminal or function. When this bit is zero the preset selection will follow the timer even when the drive is disabled. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 41
    Update rate Selects the value of the keypad control mode (Pr 1.17) at power-up as follows: rESEt zero LASt last value used before power-down PrS1 Preset 1, Pr 1.21, before power-down Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 42: Menu 2: Ramps

    1.50 selected indicator Jog acceleration 2.19 rate Jog selected 1.13 indicator Reverse Forward accel. rate accel. rate Acceleration Ramp control 2.03 Ramp hold Pre-ramp speed Ramp mode 1.03 2.04 reference select* Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 43
    (Closed- loop only) Deceleration Ramps always enabled Post-ramp in Open-loop Ramp control reference 2.06 S-Ramp enable** 2.01 S-Ramp acceleration 2.07 limit 2.08 Standard ramp voltage* 2.38 d/dt Inertia compensation torque (Closed-loop only) Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 44
    The output of the ramp controller (when active) is a current demand that is fed to the frequency changing current controller (Open-loop mode) or the torque producing current controller (Closed-loop vector or Servo modes). The gain of these controllers can be modified with Pr 4.13 and Pr 4.14. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 45
    Where A is the selected ramp rate in s / 1000rpm If the S ramp is enabled (Pr 2.06 = 1) then the ramp time is extended as shown in the diagram below. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 46
    OU trip. The minimum level should be greater than the voltage produced on the DC bus by the highest supply voltage. Normally the DC bus voltage will be approximately the rms supply line voltage x √2. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 47
    Since the new ramp rate is selected with the new reference, the acceleration applies towards the selected preset if the motor needs to accelerate to reach the preset. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 48
    Ramp rate selection by terminal input 1 — 8 Ramp rate defined by parameter number, i.e. 1 = Pr 2.21, 2 = Pr 2.22, etc. Ramp rate selection by Pr 1.50 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 49
    The jog deceleration rate is only used when the drive is changing speed because the jog reference has changed or to stop from the jog reference. It is not used to go from the jog to the run state. This prevents the fast ramps normally used with jog from being used when changing between running and jogging. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 50
    This value can be used as a feed forward term that is added to the speed controller output if Pr 4.22 is set to one. Pr 2.38 shows the torque value as a percentage of rated active current. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 51: Menu 3: Slave Frequency, Speed Feedback, Speed Control And Regen Operation

    100ppm, and so the absolute frequency/speed accuracy is 100ppm (0.01%) of the reference, when a preset speed is used. If an analog input is used the absolute accuracy is further limited by the absolute accuracy and non-linearity of the analog input. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 52
    10.06 Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter terminals 3.09 10.07 Absolute at-speed 3.07 Above at-speed The parameters are all shown at their default settings detect mode window indicator At speed upper limit Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 53
    At speed upper limit Drive modes Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV US RW BU Coding Range Open-loop 0.0 to 3,000.0 Hz Default Open-loop Update rate Background read Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 54
    Coding Default Open-loop Update rate Background read 3.17 Select x2048 output Drive modes Open-loop Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV US RW BU Coding Default Open-loop Update rate Background read Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 55
    250μs for the direction signal before an edge occurs on the frequency signal. The frequency slaving output operates up to 1000Hz, above this frequency the outputs could be undefined. For further Menu 3 Open-loop parameters, refer to Pr 3.27 on page 67. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 56
    RFC sensorless 3.42 speed feedback calculator Drive encoder Maximum drive reference 3.43 encoder 3.46 destination reference (rpm) Any unprotected variable parameter Drive encoder ??.?? reference scaling Drive encoder 3.45 3.44 reference ??.?? Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 57
    Absolute at-speed window indicator detect mode At speed upper limit Input Read-write (RW) 0.XX terminals parameter Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter terminals The parameters are all shown at their default settings Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 58
    Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 59
    (If the lower limit is less than zero then zero is used as the lower limit). If Pr 3.09 = 1 absolute window mode is used and the «at speed» condition is true if Pr 3.06 ≤ |Pr 3.02| ≤ Pr 3.07 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 60
    US RW BU Coding Range Closed-loop vector, Servo 0.00 to 655.35 s/rad s Closed-loop vector 0.10 Default Servo 1.00 Second motor Closed-loop vector, Servo Pr 21.18 parameter Update rate Background read Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 61
    It should be noted that the differential term is limited internally so that it is ineffective if speed in rpm x Kd x Ki is greater than 170. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 62
    The Kd gain is not affected. If Pr 3.17 is set to 3 automatic gain set up is not active, but Kp is boosted by a factor of 16. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 63
    The bandwidth is defined as the theoretical 3dB point on the closed-loop gain characteristic of the speed controller as a second order system. At this point the phase shift is approximately 60°. This parameter is used to define the bandwidth used for setting up the speed loop gain parameters automatically when Pr 3.17 = 1. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 64
    6 and 12kHz operation is reduced from 12kHz to 6kHz. Also operation at 4kHz, 8kHz or 16kHz is not possible and if these frequencies are selected the actual switching frequency is switched down to the next lower frequency. Pr 5.37 displays the actual switching frequency being used. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 65
    U Encoder commutation signals (high = U > U) Encoder alignment for zero encoder phase angle The encoder can be aligned statically by connecting the motor to a DC power supply as shown: Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 66
    If a position feedback category Solutions Module is not installed in slot 1 the drive produces an EnC9 trip. 2, Slot2: Solutions Module in slot 2 3, Slot3: Solutions Module in slot 3 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 67
    Therefore if the number of poles is set to two, one revolution is the movement by one pole pitch. Drive encoder marker position reset disable 3.31 Drive modes Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo Txt VM DP ND US RW BU Coding Default Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo Update rate Background read Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 68
    (see Pr 3.41). If Pr 3.33 is greater than 16 the number of turns bit is 16. It should be noted that some SSI encoders include leading zeros before the turns information. In this case the number of turns bits should include the leading zeros. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 69
    From software version 01.06.01 onwards — SC.Hiper, SC.SSI, Ab.servo, Fr.servo and Fd.servo type encoders. For example — a Unidrive SP with software prior to 1.06.01 in servo mode does not store the phase offset if used with a 2000PPR quadrature encoder When Ab, Fd, Fr, AbServo, Fd.Servo, Fr.Servo, SC, SC.Hiper, SC.EnDat or SC.SSI encoder are used the equivalent number of encoder lines per…
  • Page 70
    This parameter defines the baud rate for the encoder comms when using SSI or EnDat encoders. However, a fixed baud rate of 9600 baud is used with HIPERFACE encoders and this parameter has no effect. Parameter value Parameter string Baud rate 100k 200k 300k 400k 500k 1000 1500 1.5M 2000 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 71
    23μs and 6 or 12kHz switching is used, which have a fast sample rate of 83μs, it is possible for the time allowed for tm to be too short. Therefore if 6 or 12kHz switching are used the total message transfer time should not exceed 53μs unless tm can be guaranteed to be less than 30μs by a suitable margin. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 72
    This type of encoder gives absolute position and can be used for motor control in closed-loop vector or servo modes. The drive can check the position from the sine and cosine waveforms against the internal encoder position using serial communications and if an error occurs the drive initiates a trip. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 73
    SSI encoder it is possible to have apparent large change of position, and this can result in the turns information becoming and remaining corrupted until the encoder is re-initialized. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 74
    All (Servo mode only) Enc10 Incorrect encoder phasing SC, SC.Hiper, SC.EnDat, SC.SSI Failure of analog position alignment during encoder initialisation Enc11 SC.Hiper The encoder type could not be identified during auto-configuration Enc12 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 75
    24V supply within the drive is overloaded (PS.24V trip). The internal 24V supply provides power for the encoder power supply, user 24V output, digital I/O, Solutions Modules etc. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 76
    Under these conditions, without a filter on the feedback, it is possible for the speed loop output to change constantly from one current limit to the other and lock the integral term of the speed controller. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 77
    Txt VM DP ND US RW BU Coding Update rate Background read 3.48 Position feedback initialised Drive modes Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo Txt VM DP ND US RW BU Coding Update rate Background write Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 78: Communication With Hiperface And Endat Encoders

    Data can be read from the receive register (Pr 90.23) at any time. If there is receive data in the buffer bit 15 will be set. Once the data has been read the register should be cleared and the drive will then transfer more data. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 79
    0x42 Read position command 0x8003 0x03 Position byte 0 (MS byte) 0x8059 0x59 Position byte 1 0x8063 0x63 Position byte 2 0x8097 0x97 Position byte 3 (LS byte) 0xc0ac 0xac Checksum Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 80
    Example of EnDat transfer: Read position Disable drive encoder position check by setting Pr 90.21 to one. This should be set back to zero at the end of the transfer if encoder position checking is required. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 81
    Data read from Pr 90.23 Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Data 0x8000 0x00 Address 0x8012 0x12 Data 0x8034 0x34 Data The data in the parameter at address zero is 0x1234. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 82
    (i.e. UVW). Either an external soft start resistor or the charging system in the drive may be used. See Unidrive SP Regen Installation Guide for details. When the d.c. link capacitors are charged a contactor, controlled by the drive, is closed to either short out the external charging resistor, or to disconnect the charging system and connect the drive inverter terminals directly to the supply.
  • Page 83
    Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 84
    Attempt to synchronize for 30s. If unsuccessful after this time then give a LI.SYnC trip. After a failure during running attempt to re-synchronize for 30s before tripping. 2, triP: immediate trip Attempt to synchronize for 30s. If unsuccessful after this time then give a LI.SYnC trip. After a failure during running, trip immediately. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 85
    If the power flow from the supply is reduced (i.e. less power is taken from the supply or more power is fed back into the supply) the DC bus voltage will rise. During a rapid transient the bus will rise and then fall as shown below. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 86
    The contactor should be controlled by this parameter. When regen mode is selected this bit is routed to digital I/O7 (T41/42 — relay output) as default. This output, or an alternative output, should be used to control the contactor. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 87
    This parameter defines the strategy used for current trimming in regen mode. If Pr 3.11 = 0 then current trimming is only carried out once after power- up. If Pr 3.11 = 1 current trimming is carried out after power-up and then before the drive runs each time it is enabled. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 88: Menu 4: Torque And Current Control

    SP4203 SP3402 SP5201 SP3403 SP5202 SP4401 SPMD1201 133.7 SP4402 SPMD1202 164.5 SP4403 SPMD1203 214.2 SP5401 SPMD1204 248.5 SP5402 SP6401 154.2 SP6402 SPMA1401 154.2 SPMA1402 SPMD1401 154.2 SPMD1402 SPMD1403 205.7 SPMD1404 248.5 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 89: Open-Loop

    This is not the case and the flux producing current will vary as the load is increased. Therefore the maximum current limit may not be reached before the drive reduces the current limit to prevent the peak limit from becoming active. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 90: Closed-Loop Vector

    (V is given by the following equation. σL – 2πf – ϕ -tan ———————————————————- — Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 91: Servo

    MOTOR1_CURRENT_LIMIT_MAX is used as the maximum for some parameters such as the user current limits. The current maximum current limit is defined as follows (with a maximum of 1000%): Maximum current × —————————————————— — CURRENT_LIMIT_MAX 100% Motor rated current Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 92: Regen

    It is possible to set a level of reactive current with Pr 4.08 in regen mode. This parameter has a limit defined as REGEN_REACTIVE_MAX that is provided to limit the total current to DRIVE_CURRENT_MAX. × 1.75 Pr 4.07 ⎛ ⎞ × ——————————————————————— — —————— — REGEN_REACTIVE_MAX – 100% ⎝ ⎠ Regen unit rated current Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 93: Parameter Descriptions

    Input Read-write (RW) 0.XX terminals parameter Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter terminals The parameters are all shown at their default settings Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 94
    Braking energy Motor Motor current Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX load active overload overload overload alarm parameter terminals indicator indicator indicator accumulator indicator The parameters are all shown at their default settings Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 95
    Braking energy Motor Motor current Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX load active overload overload overload alarm parameter terminals indicator indicator indicator accumulator indicator The parameters are all shown at their default settings Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 96
    4.02 2.01 Percentage load Overload 2.01 4.19 accumulator 4.20 2.01 Input Read-write (RW) 0.XX terminals parameter Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter terminals The parameters are all shown at their default settings Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 97
    Into supply The active current is aligned with the y axis of the reference frame. The y axis of the reference frame is aligned with the regen unit terminal voltage vector. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 98
    US RW BU Coding Range Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo 0 to MOTOR1_CURRENT_LIMIT_MAX % Open-loop 165.0* Default Closed-loop vector, Servo,Regen 175.0* Second motor Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Pr 21.28 parameter Servo,Regen Update rate Background read Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 99
    4.08 Torque reference Drive modes Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo US RW BU Coding Range Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo ±USER_CURRENT_MAX % Default Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo 0.00 Update rate 4ms read Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 100
    The current error is passed through proportional and integral terms to give a frequency reference which is limited to the range ±SPEED_FREQ_MAX . Current Frequency demand P Pr 4.13 reference I Pr 4.14 Active current Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 101
    It is also possible to decelerate the coiler with a negative resultant torque demand. The coiler will decelerate down to — 5rpm until a stop is applied. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 102
    Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Range 0 to 30,000 Regen Drive voltage rating: 200V 400V 575V 690V Open-loop, Default Closed-loop vector, Servo Regen Closed-loop vector, Servo Pr 21.22 Update rate Background read Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 103
    To test the controller the supply should be removed while the motor is running. It is likely that the gains can be increased further if required because the DC bus voltage controller has a stabilising effect, provided that the drive is not required to operate in torque control mode. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 104
    As already stated, the drive compensates for changes of switching frequency to give similar performance as the switching frequency changes. The following table gives the relationship between the user gain values and the values actually used by the drive for Unidrive and Unidrive SP. Although other scaling values are included in the current controller these values can be used to make a relative comparison between switching frequencies and a relative comparison between Unidrive and Unidrive SP.
  • Page 105
    K is 1.05, so that above the knee of the characteristics the motor can operate continuously up to 105% current. (In Regen mode K = 1.05 over the whole operating frequency range). Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 106
    For example, if the drive should trip after supplying 150% overload for 60 seconds with K = 1.05 then Pr 4.15 = -60 / ln(1 — (1.05 / 1.50) ) = 89 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 107
    This parameter displays the active current (Pr 4.02) as a percentage of the rated current (Pr 5.07 or Pr 21.07). Positive values indicate power flow from the supply and negative values indicate power into the supply Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 108
    Below base speed Pr 4.26 is equal to Pr 4.20. Above base speed the percentage torque producing current (shown in Pr 4.20) is adjusted as follows: Pr 4.26 = Pr 4.20 x rated frequency / frequency Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 109: Menu 5: Motor Control

    4.02 4.01 4.20 Percentage active current 4.17 Motor magnetising current Input Read-write (RW) 0.XX terminals parameter Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter terminals The parameters are all shown at their default settings Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 110
    5.15 High dynamic performance enable 5.26 Voltage controller gain 5.31 Input Read-write (RW) 0.XX terminals parameter Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter terminals The parameters are all shown at their default settings Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 111
    Motor full load 5.03 rated speed Power calculation (V x 1) 5.16 optimiser enable Servo High speed Motor 5.22 servo mode current enable Motor active magnitude current 4.01 4.02 4.17 Motor magnetising current Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 112
    Output power Output Power voltage 5.03 2.01 calculation (v.i) current Input Read-write (RW) 0.XX terminals parameter Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter terminals The parameters are all shown at their default settings Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 113
    However, in normal operation the result will be reasonably accurate provided that the slip compensation has been set up correctly in the rated full load rpm parameter (Pr 5.08). Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 114
    Open-loop Vector mode voltage control Slip compensation Dynamic V to F control Current limits Closed-loop vector Motor thermal protection Vector control algorithm Current limits Servo Motor thermal protection Regen Thermal protection Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 115
    (Rs) compensation is applied. However there is a delay of 0.5s when the drive is enabled during which only partial vector based compensation is applied to allow the machine flux to build up. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 116
    Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 117
    The test will not start unless the drive is disabled before the test is initiated by applying the enable or run, i.e. it will not start if the drive is in the stop state. In closed-loop modes it is not possible to go into the stop state if Pr 5.12 has a non-zero value. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 118
    It should be noted that the current loop gains (Pr 4.13 and 4.14) are not updated as part of any test if either the stator resistance or the transient inductance for the active motor map are zero. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 119
    This test takes approximately 2 seconds to complete and can only be used where the rotor settles to a stable position in a short time. • Pr 3.25 is saved to EEPROM. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 120
    Once two valid changes have occurred the test operates in the same way as for other encoder types. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 121
    Pr 5.17. The maximum measurable value for a particular drive size can be calculated from the following formula. = DC_VOLTAGE_MAX x 0.45 / (Kc x √ where Kc is the current scaling factor for the drive Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 122
    5: SrE, Square law characteristic Neither the stator resistance nor the voltage offset are used, instead a fixed square law characteristic with boost applied as defined by Pr 5.15 is used. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 123
    2 the gain is increased by a factor of 16 to give faster convergence. The rated rpm optimizer is automatically disabled when closed-loop vector RFC mode is selected (Pr 3.24=1 or 3). Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 124
    Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Regen 0 (3 kHz) Default Servo 2 (6 kHz) Update rate Background read *The maximum switching frequency available is limited for some drive sizes as shown in the table below. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 125
    12 = 83μs Current limit Sequencing and Level 2 250μs Speed controller and ramps and ramps Synchronization Level 3 Voltage controller Level 4 Time critical user interface Background Non-time critical user interface Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 126
    A suitable field controller gain is automatically set by the drive from the motor parameters. However it is possible by setting this parameter to a 1 to reduce this gain by a factor of 2 if instability problems occur above base speed. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 127
    The value shown in Pr 5.23 is this offset given in line to line rms volts. It is not possible for the user to measure this voltage easily, and so the automatic measurement procedure should be used (see Pr 5.14 on page 122). Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 128
    When this bit is set the drive provides a cross-coupling feed forward voltage as produced by the transient inductance and a frequency based voltage feed forward term. These voltages improve the transient performance of the current controllers Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 129
    The rated level of flux in most induction motors causes saturation. Therefore the flux against flux producing current characteristic is non-linear. The effects of saturation are to cause a step increase in torque when operating in torque mode as the speed increases into the field weakening region. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 130
    The motor torque per amp (Kt) must be entered in this parameter by the user for the automatic gain calculation system to operate correctly, and to allow the drive to calculate the correct inertia during an inertia auto-tune. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 131
    This parameter should be set up to give the pole pitch of a linear motor, i.e. the movement of the motor for one cycle of the drive power output waveforms, if auto-configuration with a linear EnDat encoder is required. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 132
    2, 2 = x 3, and 3 = x 4). Longer pulses should only be used if noise and vibration are a problem and the motor has low friction and low cogging torque. As the torque level is reduced the measurement is likely to be affected by cogging and the results may not be accurate. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 133
    If the value of this parameter is too small the drive will detect the motor speed as zero even if the motor is spinning. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 134: Menu 6: Sequencer And Clock

    Drive power supply monitor Active supply 6.44 Low voltage supply Input Read-write (RW) 0.XX terminals parameter Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter terminals The parameters are all shown at their default settings Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 135
    There is no mains loss detection and the drive operates normally only as long as the DC bus voltage remains within specification (i.e. >Vuu). Once the voltage falls below Vuu a UU trip occurs and this will reset itself if the voltage rises again above VuuRestart shown in the table below. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 136
    To return terminals T25, T26 and T27 to their default functions, one of the following operations should be performed. • Drive defaults should be restored. See section 5.8 Restoring parameter defaults in the Unidrive SP User Guide for details.
  • Page 137
    When this bit is set the drive remains active even when the run command has been removed and the motor has reached standstill. The drive goes to the ‘StoP’ state instead of the ‘rdy’ state. NOTE Pr 6.08 may be changed by the brake control in menu 12. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 138
    3. OR Run forward and Run reverse are both active and have been for 60ms. 4. The drive is in the UU state. The drive can then be restarted by activating the necessary bits to give a normal start. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 139
    US RW BU Coding Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Default Regen Update rate Background read If this parameter is one the energy meter (Pr 6.24 and Pr 6.25) is reset and held at zero. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 140
    6.22 Run time: years.days Drive modes Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Regen VM DP US RW BU Coding Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Range 0 to 9.364 Years.Days Regen Update rate Background write Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 141
    Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Regen VM DP US RW BU Coding Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Range 0 to 30,000 hrs Regen Update rate Background read See Pr 6.18 on page 140. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 142
    Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo Update rate 4ms read 6.31 Sequencing bit: Jog Drive modes Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo VM DP US RW BU Coding Default Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo Update rate 4ms read Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 143
    6.35 Forward limit switch Drive modes Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo VM DP US RW BU Coding Default Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo Update rate 250μs read Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 144
    Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo Update rate 4ms read 6.40 Enable sequencer latching Drive modes Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo US RW BU Coding Default Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo Update rate 4ms read Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 145
    Run reverse Pr 6.32 Forward/reverse Pr 6.33 Pr 6.34 Not stop Pr 6.39 Auto/manual Analog/Preset reference Pr 1.42 Jog reverse Pr 6.37 Reserved Reserved Trip drive Reset drive Pr 10.33 Keypad watchdog Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 146
    Voltage level DC_VOLTAGE_MAX Pr 6.46 x 1.45 Braking IGBT threshold voltage Pr 6.46 x 1.325 Under voltage trip level Restart voltage level after UU trip Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 147
    When the control system is leaving the mains loss ride through condition (ACUU) it is important that no load is applied to the input rectifier until it is fully active. This feature can be disabled by setting this parameter to one. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 148
    3. Modbus messages using the CMP protocol can only route messages to nodes within the drive. It will not be possible for these to be routed further, i.e. via CT Net on an SM Applications module. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 149
    DC Bus voltage is above the mains loss detection level. The rectifier may still be phasing forwards and the application of load at this point may cause the DC Bus voltage to fall back below the mains loss detection level again. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 150: Menu 7: Analog I/O

    (vsy x isy). Pr 5.03 — output power 10V would be produced when: Active current = Kc / 0.45 Peak phase voltage in phase with the active current = DC_VOLTAGE_MAX / 2 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 151
    ??.?? current Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX 7.23 7.24 4.02 parameter terminals Analog Analog ??.?? output 2 output 2 The parameters are all shown at their default settings scaling mode selector Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 152
    -20°C to 150°C it is assumed that the monitoring thermistor has failed and a hardware fault trip is initiated (Pr 7.04 — HF27, Pr 7.05 and Pr 7.36 — HF28). Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 153
    5. For drive size SP0xxx the fan is always on when the drive or the braking IGBT are enabled and remains on for 10s after the drive or braking IGBT is disabled. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 154
    US RW BU Coding Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Range Pr 0.00 to Pr 21.51 Regen Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo Pr 1.36 Default Regen Pr 0.00 Update rate Read on drive reset Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 155
    US RW BU Coding Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Range Pr 0.00 to Pr 21.51 Regen Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo Pr 1.37 Default Regen Pr 3.10 Update rate Read on drive reset Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 156
    Txt VM DP US RW BU Coding Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Range Pr 0.00 to Pr 21.51 Regen Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Default Pr 0.00 Regen Update rate Read on drive reset Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 157
    If speed feedback or power is selected for high speed mode for both analog output 1 and analog output 2 the setting is ignored for analog output 2. If the high speed mode is selected the output is always a voltage signal. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 158
    If speed feedback or power is selected for high speed mode for both analog output 1 and analog output 2 the setting is ignored for analog output 2. If the high speed mode is selected the output is always a voltage signal. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 159
    Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Regen Txt VM DP ND US RW BU Coding Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Range ±100.00 % Regen Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Default 0.00 Regen Update rate Background read Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 160
    This includes the effects of drive output current and DC bus ripple. The estimated temperature is displayed as a percentage of the trip level in this parameter. If the parameter value reaches 100% an Oht3 trip is initiated. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 161
    An additional thermal monitoring point is provided in SP6xxx and SPMxxxxx drives. The temperature is displayed in this parameter in degrees C. See Pr 7.04 to Pr 7.06 for more details. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 162: Menu 8: Digital I/O

    8ms (maximum 20ms). The digital outputs are updated every 4ms. Any changes to the source/destination parameters only become effective after drive reset is activated. Sample rate Function T24 to T26 Digital input or output T27 to T29 Digital input Relay Background Background 24V output Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 163
    Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter Serial comms Electronic Macros Performance RFC mode Menu 8 structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol nameplate Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 164
    6.04 8.23 I/O 3 source/ Start/stop destination 8.29 logic select 8.30 T26 digital 8.13 I/O polarity Open collector unprotected I/O 3 invert select output parameter ??.?? Run forward 6.30 x(-1) ??.?? Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 165
    Relay source source invert This logic diagram applies only when all 8.27 8.17 parameters are at their default settings Any bit parameter Relay Drive ??.?? state Healthy 10.01 8.07 ??.?? x(-1) Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 166
    Txt VM DP RA NC NV US RW BU Coding Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Default See table Regen Update rate 4ms write OFF (0) = Terminal inactive On (1) = Terminal active Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 167
    Background read Unidrive SP has a dedicated hardware enable/secure disable input which always controls Pr 6.29. If the enable is inactive the IGBT firing signals are turned off without software intervention. As default (Pr 8.10 = 0) the drive is in the inhibit mode when the enable is inactive. Setting this parameter to one causes the enable to behave as an Et trip input.
  • Page 168
    When this parameter is zero digital outputs are in push-pull mode. When this parameter is one either the high-side drive (negative logic polarity) or the low-side driver (positive logic polarity) is disabled. This allows outputs to be connected in a wire-ORed configuration. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 169
    Pr 1.41 — Analog ref 2 select Pr 6.31 — jog 5, Prc Precision reference selected Pr 1.41 — Analog ref 2 select Pr 6.31 — jog This parameter has no effect in Regen mode. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 170: Menu 9: Programmable Logic, Motorized Pot And Binary Sum

    ??.?? ??.?? x(-1) Function-2 input-2 9.16 source parameter Input Read-write (RW) 0.XX terminals parameter Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter terminals The parameters are all shown at their default settings Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 171
    9 and 12 functions active. The logic functions are active if one or both the sources are routed to a valid parameter. The other functions are active if the output destination is routed to a valid unprotected parameter. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 172
    RA NC NV US RW BU Coding Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Range Pr 0.00 to Pr 21.51 Regen Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Default Pr 0.00 Regen Update rate Read on reset Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 173
    If the delay parameter is negative, the delay holds the output active for the delay period after the active condition has been removed as shown below. Therefore an active input that lasts for 4ms or more will produce an output that lasts at least as long as the delay time. Input Delay Output Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 174
    This parameter defines the time taken for the motorized pot function to ramp from 0 to 100.0%. Twice this time will be taken to adjust the output from -100.0 % to +100.0 %. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 175
    These three bits control the motorized pot. The up and down inputs increase and decrease the output at the programmed rate respectively. If both up and down are active together the up function dominates and the output increases. If the reset input is one, the motorized pot output is reset and held at 0.0%. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 176
    RA NC NV US RW BU Coding Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Range Pr 0.00 to Pr 21.51 Regen Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Default Pr 0.00 Regen Update rate Read on reset Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 177
    If destination parameter maximum ≤ (7 + Offset): Destination parameter = Binary sum output If destination parameter maximum > (7 + Offset): Destination parameter = Destination parameter maximum x Binary sum output / (7 + Offset) Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 178: Menu 10: Status And Trips

    US RW BU Coding Update rate Background write 10.06 At speed Drive modes Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV US RW BU Coding Update rate Background write Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 179
    This parameter is set when the braking IGBT is active and the braking energy accumulator is greater than 75%. This parameter is held on for at least 0.5s so that it can be seen on the display. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 180
    US RW BU Coding Update rate Background write Indicates that any of the heat sink temperatures (Pr 7.04 or Pr 7.05) or the control board temperature (Pr 7.06) are above their alarm level. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 181
    SMARTCARD trip: SMARTCARD can not perform the required function as it is being accessed by a Solutions Module Wait for the Solutions Module to finish accessing the SMARTCARD and then re-attempt the required function Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 182
    SMARTCARD trip: SMARTCARD has the Read Only bit set Enter 9777 in Pr xx.00 to allow SMARTCARD Read / Write access Ensure the drive is not writing to data locations 500 to 999 on the card Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 183
    With EnDat encoders, check the comms resolution and/or carry out the auto-configuration Pr 3.41 Checksum / CRC error or SSI not ready at start of position transfer (i.e. data input not one) Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 184
    Drive encoder trip: The periods per revolution obtained during auto-configuration for a rotary SINCOS encoder is not a Enc17 power of two. Select a different type of encoder. Faulty encoder. EnP.Er Data error from electronic nameplate stored in selected position feedback device Replace feedback device Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 185
    Power stage recognition: multi module voltage or current rating mismatch Hardware fault — return drive to supplier HF24 Power stage recognition: unrecognised drive size Hardware fault — return drive to supplier Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 186
    Pr 10.31 to 0 to disable the trip L.SYnC Drive failed to synchronize to the supply voltage in Regen mode Refer to the Diagnostics chapter in the Unidrive SP Regen Installation Guide. O.CtL Drive control board over temperature Check enclosure / drive fans are still functioning correctly…
  • Page 187
    Check braking resistor value is greater than or equal to the minimum resistance value Check braking resistor insulation OIdC.P Power module over current detected from IGBT on state voltage monitoring Vce IGBT protection activated. Check motor and cable insulation. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 188
    Universal Encoder Plus encoder supply and the SM-Encoder Output Plus encoder supply. • Reduce load and reset • Provide an external 24V >50W power supply • Remove any Solutions Modules and reset Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 189
    Reinstall the cable between the drive and keypad Check cable for damage Replace cable Replace keypad SLX.dF Solutions Module slot X trip: Solutions Module type installed in slot X changed 204,209,214 Save parameters and reset Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 190
    Select a different type of encoder. period for a linear encoder Encoder Plus Faulty encoder. exceeds 255. SM-Universal Check ambient temperature Encoder Plus & Solutions Module has overheated Check enclosure ventilation SM-Resolver Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 191
    Inter-Solutions Module comms error with module in slot 2 Inter-Solutions Module comms error with module in slot 3 Inter-Solutions Module comms error with module unknown slot APC internal error Communications to drive faulty Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 192
    Communications error to slot 3 SM-Ethernet, SM-EtherCAT Memory allocation error SM-Ethernet, SM-EtherCAT File system error SM-Ethernet, SM-EtherCAT Configuration file error SM-Ethernet Language file error SM-Ethernet Timed event over-run Internal watchdog error Internal software error Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 193
    Motor object type incorrect Unidrive SP object error Encoder object CRC error Motor object CRC error Performance object CRC error Unidrive SP object CRC error Sequencer timeout Solutions module over temperature SLX.HF Solutions Module slot X trip: Solutions Module X hardware fault…
  • Page 194
    Onboard PLC program variables and function block calls using more than the allowed RAM space (stack overflow) Check program UP ovr Onboard PLC program attempted out of range parameter write Check program UP PAr Onboard PLC program attempted access to a non-existent parameter Check program Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 195
    168 to 174 t168 to t174 SL3.nF C.Prod SL3.dF EnP.Er SL.rtd CL.bit C.boot t216 SAVE.Er C.bUSY HF17 PSAVE.Er C.Chg HF18 t038 C.OPtn HF19 L.SYnC C.RdO 220 to 232 HF20 to HF32 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 196
    4. When the drive is first powered up a UU trip is initiated if the supply voltage is below the restart voltage level and another trip is not active. This does not cause save power down save parameters to be saved at this point. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 197
    DE Txt VM DP RA NC NV US RW BU Coding Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Range 0.00 to 400.00 s Regen Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Default See below Regen Update rate Background read Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 198
    All other sizes 200V 2.6s 3.3s 0.00s 400V 1.7s 3.3s 0.00s 575V and 690V 0.00s If Pr 10.31 is set to zero then the braking resistor thermal protection system is disabled. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 199
    The braking load will probably not be shared equally between the resistors because of voltage measurement tolerances within the individual drives. However, once a resistor reaches its maximum temperature its load will be reduced, and be taken up by another resistor. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 200
    If this parameter is 0 then Pr 10.01 (Drive ok) is cleared every time the drive trips regardless of any auto-reset that may occur. When this parameter is set the ‘Drive ok’ indication is not cleared on a trip if an auto-reset is going to occur. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 201
    If the value is not included in the table a trip is initiated with the same trip number as the value provided the drive is not already tripped. Action Values written to 10.38 Trip code SL1.HF No action SL2.HF SL3.HF 217-245 Drive reset Clear trip and trip time logs 255 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 202
    Drive modes Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Regen Txt VM DP RA NC NV US RW BU Coding Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Range 00.00 to 23.59 Hours.Minutes Regen Update rate Background write Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 203
    It is possible that this time difference may be negative, in which case the value will be zero. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 204: Menu 11: General Drive Set-Up

    Pr 6.13 Pr 6.13 Pr 6.13 Pr 0.00 Pr 11.19 Pr 0.29 Pr 11.36 Pr 11.36 Pr 11.36 Pr 11.36 Pr 11.20 Pr 0.30 Pr 11.42 Pr 11.42 Pr 11.42 Pr 11.42 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 205
    The master should wait at least 20ms before sending a new message using the new protocol. (Note: ANSI uses 7 data bits, 1 stop bit and even parity; Modbus RTU uses 8 data bits, 2 stops bits and no parity). Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 206
    This parameter can be changed via the drive keypad, via a Solutions Module or via the comms interface itself. If it is changed via the comms interface, the response to the command uses the original baud rate. The master should wait at least 20ms before sending a new message using the new baud rate. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 207
    Write at power-up If this parameter is zero the drive is a standard Unidrive SP product. If this parameter is non-zero then the product is a derivative product. Derivatives can have different defaults from the standard product and restrictions on the values allowed for some parameters.
  • Page 208
    Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Range 0 (200) to 3 (690) Regen Update rate Write at power-up This parameter has four possible values (200, 400, 575, 690) and indicates the voltage rating of the drive. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 209
    This data can be viewed through Pr 11.38 to Pr 11.40 by increasing or decreasing Pr 11.37. This parameter jumps between the data numbers of the data blocks present on the card. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 210
    The data density is not as high as a parameter file type data block, but in most cases the number of differences from default is small and the data blocks are therefore smaller. This method can be used, for example, for creating drive macros. Parameter RAM is used as the source of this information. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 211
    To ensure that the performance of the destination drive is similar to that of the source drive, the speed controller gains and current controller gains are scaled as shown in the table below. Note that the gain scaling is only applied when the data block number is less than 500. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 212
    SMARTCARD data type/mode Drive modes Open-loop, Closed-loop, Servo, Regen Txt VM DP RA NC NV US RW BU Coding Range Open-loop, Closed-loop, Servo, Regen 0 to 18 Update rate Background write Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 213
    Sets the timeout for the drive display to revert to status mode from edit mode following no key presses. Although this parameter can be set to less than 2s, the minimum timeout is 2s. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 214
    Solutions Modules it is possible to fit the required Solutions Modules to a drive (corresponding to the modules installed when the SMART card data was stored) and transfer the parameters to the drive including those for the Solutions Modules. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 215
    Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Default Number of defaults loaded, i.e. 1,233 etc. Regen Update rate Background write Displays the number of the last set of defaults loaded, i.e. 1233, 1244, etc. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 216
    0 on dispatch from the factory. If the Drive Onboard Application Lite Ladder Programming Events is greater than the maximum value which may be represented by this parameter the value will be clipped to the maximum value. This parameter is not altered when defaults are loaded. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 217
    The Drive Onboard Application Lite Ladder Program first run parameter is set for the duration of the first ladder diagram scan from the ladder diagram stopped state. This enables the user to perform any required initialisation every time the ladder diagram is run. This parameter is set every time the ladder is stopped. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 218: Menu 12: Threshold Detectors, Variable Selectors And Brake Control Function

    Threshold Threshold Threshold Detector 2 Detector 2 Detector 2 hysteresis output invert input source Hysteresis Input Read-write (RW) Threshold 0.XX terminals parameter level Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter terminals Threshold output Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 219
    RA NC NV US RW BU Coding Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Range Pr 0.00 to Pr 21.51 Regen Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Default Pr 0.00 Regen Update rate Read on reset Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 220
    The output may be inverted if required by setting the invert flag (Pr 12.06, Pr 12.26). The result is routed to the destination (defined by Pr 12.07, Pr 12.27). Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 221
    Txt VM DP RA NC NV US RW BU Coding Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Range ±100.00 % Regen Update rate 4ms x number of menu 9 or 12 functions active write Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 222
    When the Sectional control mode is selected the function is also reset, and the output is held at zero, when the control (Pr 12.15 or Pr 12.35) is zero. It is active when the control has a non-zero value. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 223
    The diagram below shows how the variable selector in Sectional control mode can be used to provide a position reference for the drive and act as a source for encoder simulation to give the position reference for the next drive in the system. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 224: Brake Control Function

    This parameter should be used as a source for a digital output to control an electro-mechanical brake. This parameter is one to release the brake and zero to apply the brake. Digital I/O can be automatically configured to use this parameter as a source (see Pr 12.41). Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 225
    The use of a Smartcard in boot mode or an SM-Applications module can ensure drive parameters are immediately programmed to avoid this situation. WARNING Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 226
    2. Pre-brake release delay 3. Post-brake release delay 4. Wait for brake apply frequency 5. Wait for zero frequency 6. 1s delay as phase 2 of stopping sequence (Pr 6.01 =1,2 or 3) Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 227
    (i.e. reversing direction without stopping), provided the Reference on parameter (Pr 1.11) remains at one, the brake is not applied. This prevents the brake from activating and de-activating as the motor passes through zero speed. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 228
    The post-brake release delay is used to allow for the brake release time. During this period the frequency reference is held constant (Pr 2.03 = 1), so that there is no sudden increase in motor speed when the brake actually releases. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 229
    Pr 12.46 Pr 12.48 1. Wait for motor fluxed (closed-loop vector only) 2. Post-brake release delay 3. Wait for speed threshold 4. Wait for brake apply speed delay 5. Brake apply delay Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 230
    The brake apply delay is used to allow for the brake application time. During this period the Hold zero speed parameter (Pr 6.08) is one, and so the drive is enabled with zero speed reference. This ensures that the motor remains stationary while the brake is being applied. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 231
    When Pr 12.49 is changed from one to zero Pr 13.04 and Pr 13.10 are automatically set to zero. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 232: Menu 13: Position Control

    When the position controller is de-selected (i.e. Pr 13.10 is changed to zero) Pr 1.39, Pr 1.40, Pr 3.22 and Pr 3.23 are set to zero. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 233
    Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter Serial comms Electronic Macros Performance RFC mode Menu 13 structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol nameplate Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 234
    Revolution Position Position Position counter fine controller feedback Drive source 3.28 3.29 3.30 Encoder 13.05 Slot 1 15.04 15.05 15.06 Position Slot 2 16.04 16.05 16.06 Slot 3 17.04 17.05 17.06 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 235
    Position 13.12 Position controller speed clamp Input Read-write (RW) 0.XX terminals parameter Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter terminals This logic diagram applies only when all parameters are at their default settings Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 236
    3.28 3.29 3.30 Encoder 13.05 Slot 1 15.04 15.05 15.06 Position Slot 2 16.04 16.05 16.06 Limited to ± / rev Slot 3 17.04 17.05 17.06 Orientation position 13.13 reference Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 237
    3. The absolute mode parameter (Pr 13.11) is changed. The position controller is disabled transiently to reset the error integrator. 4. One of the position sources is invalid. The position feedback initialised parameter (Pr 3.48) is zero. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 238
    If a Solutions Module slot is selected as a source, but the module is not a position feedback category Solutions Module the position controller cannot be enabled. Orientation mode can always be enabled in closed-loop modes. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 239
    Closed-loop vector, Servo 0 to 6 Default Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo Update rate Background read This parameter is used to set the position controller mode as shown in the following table. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 240
    If Pr 13.10 is 6 the drive orientates the motor following a stop command and whenever the drive is enabled provided that hold zero speed is enabled (Pr 6.08 = 1). This ensures that the spindle is always held in the same position following the drive being enabled. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 241
    Orientation position reference Drive modes Closed-loop vector, Servo Txt VM DP RA NC NV US RW BU Coding Range Closed-loop vector, Servo 0 to 65,535 Default Closed-loop vector, Servo Update rate Background read Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 242
    Background read 13.18 Relative jog enable Drive modes Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo Txt VM DP RA NC NV US RW BU Coding Default Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo Update rate 4ms read Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 243
    Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo Update rate 4ms read The local reference can be used to control the position of the motor shaft. If the local reference disable parameter is one the previously written value Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 244
    (and not the turns or fine position) is available. This feature is not available when absolute mode is selected (Pr 13.11 = 1). Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 245
    Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter Serial comms Electronic Macros Performance RFC mode Menu 14 structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol nameplate Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 246: Menu 14: User Pid Controller

    Any variable parameter feedback ??.?? 14.21 ??.?? x(-1) enable 14.08 Drive normal indicator & 10.01 Logic 1 Any bit parameter ??.?? ??.?? Source 14.09 not used Optional PID enable source parameter Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 247
    The parameters are all shown at their default settings *The PID controller is only enabled if Pr 14.16 is set to a non Pr xx.00 and unprotected destination parameter. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 248
    Default Regen Update rate Background read This parameter defines the time taken for the reference input to ramp from 0 to 100.0% following a 0 to 100% step change in input. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 249
    Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Regen Txt VM DP RA NC NV US RW BU Coding Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Range 0.000 to 4.000 Regen Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Default 0.000 Regen Update rate Background read Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 250
    When this parameter is set to 0 the integrator operates normally. Setting this parameter to 1 will cause the integrator value to be held. Setting this parameter does not prevent the integrator from being reset to zero if the PID controller is disabled. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 251
    PID error Drive modes Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Regen Coding Txt VM DP RA NC NV US RW BU Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Range ±100.00 % Regen Update rate 4ms write Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 252: Menus 15, 16 And 17: Solutions Module Slots

    EEPROM until the user performs a parameter save. Parameters common to all categories Parameter Range Default Type x.01 Solutions Module ID 0 to 599 PT US x.50 Solutions Module error status 0 to 255 NC PT Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 253: Sm-Universal Encoder Plus

    It is important that a break in the connections between the drive and the position feedback device can be detected. This feature is provided either directly or indirectly as listed. When the drive is reset this parameter is cleared for the relevant Solutions Module Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 254
    If the clock stops or the data line is disconnected the data input to the drive may stay in one state or the other and cause a trip. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 255
    Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter Serial comms Electronic Menus 15 to 17 Macros Performance RFC mode structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol nameplate SM-Uni Enc Pl Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 256
    Ab output Fd output SSI output Marker output block input input x.38 Freeze 0V common Data Data 9-Way Clock (input) RS485 Clock (input) Drive /slot 0V common bus input Freeze Freeze Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 257
    Marker output other slots Marker output x.40 Marker Freeze flag Marker output x.35 Freeze revolution counter Freeze x.36 Freeze position x.39 Marker output x.37 Freeze fine position x(-1) x.41 Freeze invert Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 258
    Provided the set-up parameters are correct, the position is always converted to units of 1/2 ths of a revolution, but some parts of the value may not be relevant depending on the resolution of the feedback device. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 259
    It is possible for this parameter to be obtained automatically from the encoder (see Pr x.18). If Pr x.09 is greater than 16 the number of turns bit is 16. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 260
    Pr x.11 must be set to the number of comms bits used to represent one revolution of the encoder. The single turn comms resolution may be higher than the resolution of the sine waves per revolution. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 261
    (position values from the encoder could be used in a position control system). NOTE Also refer to the SM-Universal Encoder Plus User Guide, for further detailed information on operation with encoder serial comms. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 262
    SSI power supply bit monitor This will ensure that the drive remains tripped until the encoder is powered up and the action of resetting the trip will re-initialize the encoder interface. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 263
    If the encoder includes a bit that indicates the status of the power supply the power supply monitor should be enabled (see Pr x.17). This will ensure that the drive remains tripped until the encoder is powered up and the action of resetting the trip will reinitialise the encoder interface. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 264
    Solutions Module can auto-configure with any of the following devices. Rotary EndAt encoders The encoder turns, comms resolution and equivalent lines per rev are set up directly using the data read from the encoder. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 265
    The resistance value of the thermistor input can be seen in Pr x.21. The motor thermistor resistance value shown in Pr x.21 is shown in 0.1% of 10kΩ units. The position feedback when used as a reference can be viewed here. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 266
    Update rate: Read on reset x.25 Encoder simulation ratio numerator 0.0000 to 3.0000 0.2500 Update rate: Background read The simulated encoder output (incremental), Ab, Ab.L, Fd, Fd.L can be scaled using the above parameter. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 267
    Also refer to the SM-Universal Encoder Plus User Guide for further detailed information. x.29 Non-marker reset revolution counter 0 to 65535 revolutions Update rate: 4ms write x.30 Non-marker reset position 0 to 65535 (1/2 ths of a revolution) Update rate: 4ms write Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 268
    The selection of which mode used is dependent on the value of Pr x.38. The default is 1 that corresponds to only the 24V input to this Solutions Module. The values correspond to the modes as described in the table below: Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 269
    If the commutation inputs equalled 110 (which is the 2nd segment) then Pr x.42 would be set to 2110. Segment 9 means that the current commutation input is invalid. All other modes follow the description for Pr x.44. NOTE This parameter has no effect for SC.SErvo encoders. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 270
    An ELPR of 10,000 gives a maximum speed of 3000rpm. NOTE When operating with an Incremental plus commutation (absolute encoder), Ab.SErvo, Fd.SErvo, Fr.SErvo or SC.SErvo this parameter should remain at default (Pr x.46 = 1). Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 271
    When operating with an Issue 3 SM-Universal Encoder Plus Solutions Module, the software must be V.03.xx.xx. When operating with an Issue 4 SM- Universal Encoder Plus Solutions Module, the software must be V.04.xx.xx Failure to comply with the above can result in Solutions Module failure. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 272: Sm-Resolver

    REF HIGH (excitation) REF LOW (excitation) Resolver x.15 poles x.17 Error detection level Freeze positional information Freeze input Freeze Freeze x.35 revolution flag SM-Applications counter x.39 SM-Universal Freeze Encoder Plus x.36 position Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 273
    Revolution counter Position x.29 x.30 Encoder simulation Non marker reset source positional information x.24 Position Ratio numerator Simulated encoder Resolver Term x.05 x.25 output connections source Encoder 3.29 source x.xx Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 274
    Provided the set-up parameters for the position feedback are correct this parameter shows the speed in rpm. x.04 Revolution counter 0 to 65,535 revolutions Update rate: 4ms x number of dumb modules x.05 Position 0 to 65,535 (1/2 revolutions) Update rate: 4ms x number of dumb modules Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 275
    For example with a 6 pole resolver (and 6 pole motor) the resolution is over of a mechanical revolution. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 276
    Wire break detect Error detection disabled Wire break detect Error detection disabled Wire break detect NOTE The wire break trip is not activated provided one signal is >1.5Vrms or both are >0.2Vrms approximately. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 277
    If Pr x.24 has any value than those above the encoder simulation outputs are not active. x.29 Non-marker reset revolution counter 0 to 65,535 revolutions Update rate: 4ms x number of dumb modules Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 278
    (for a minimum of 10s). If the temperature falls below 90°C, the fan can operate normally again. If the PCB temperature exceeds 100°C, the drive is tripped and the error status is set to 74. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 279
    Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter Serial comms Electronic Menus 15 to 17 Macros Performance RFC mode structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol nameplate SM-Encoder Pl Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 280: Sm-Encoder Plus / Sm-Encoder Output Plus

    Not used x.32 x.33 Marker x.08 x.07 input Marker Marker flag position disable Freeze positional information Freeze input Freeze Freeze x.35 revolution flag SM-Applications counter x.39 SM-Universal Freeze Encoder Plus x.36 position Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 281
    Lock position feedback Revolution counter Position x.04 x.05 Positional information Input Read-write (RW) 0.XX terminals parameter Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter terminals The parameters are all shown at their default settings Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 282
    Freeze Encoder Plus Freeze x.36 position flag Encoder Encoder simulation simulation mode source Position Encoder simulation Module encoder ratio numerator x.05 port Drive encoder 3.29 port Ab.L Fd.L Drive encoder position Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 283
    Positional information Input Read-write (RW) 0.XX terminals parameter Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter terminals The parameters are all shown at their default settings Solutions Module terminal Ab.L Fd.L PL2 term block 9-Way Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 284
    16 15 Revolutions Position When the feedback device rotates by more than one revolution, the revolutions in Pr x.04 increment or decrement in the form of a sixteen bit roll-over counter. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 285
    Update rate: Background read The terminations may be enabled/disabled by this parameter as follows: Encoder input x.16=0 x.16=1 x.16=2 A-A Disabled Enabled Enabled B-B Disabled Enabled Enabled Z-Z Disabled Disabled Enabled Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 286
    The ratio between the change of encoder position and the change of encoder simulation output position is defined by Pr x.25. The table below shows the possible ratios. Pr x.25 Ratio 0.0000 to 0.0312 1/32 0.0313 to 0.0625 1/16 0.0626 to 0.1250 0.1251 to 0.2500 0.2501 to 0.5000 0.5001 to 3.0000 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 287
    0 to 65535 revolutions Update rate: 4ms x number of dumb modules x.36 Freeze position 0 to 65535 (1/2 ths of a revolution) Update rate: 4ms x number of dumb modules Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 288
    (for a minimum of 10s). If the temperature falls below 90°C, the fan can operate normally again. If the PCB temperature exceeds 100°C, the drive is tripped and the error status is set to 74. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 289: Sm-Io Plus

    I/O 3 invert Positive parameter X.29 logic select ??.?? x(-1) ??.?? Input Read-write (RW) 0.XX terminals parameter Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter terminals The parameters are all shown at their default setting Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 290
    This module has three digital input/outputs (DI/O1 to DI/O3), three digital inputs (DI4 to DI6) and two relays outputs (D07 and DO8). The inputs can operate with positive or negative logic (defined by Pr x.29), the outputs operate with positive logic using high side drivers only and the relay outputs operate with positive logic only. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 291
    Pr x.05 Pr x.15 Pr x.25 00.00 Pr x.06 Pr x.16 Pr x.26 00.00 T21/T22 DO7(Relay) Pr x.07 Pr x.17 Pr x.27 00.00 T23/T22 DO8(Relay) Pr x.08 Pr x.18 Pr x.28 00.00 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 292
    Terminal Input Input modes Resolution Voltage only 10 bit plus sign Voltage only 10 bit plus sign Terminal Output Output modes Resolution Voltage only 10 bit plus sign Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 293
    T7 digital input 5 invert x.16 T8 digital input 6 invert x.17 Relay 1 invert x.18 Relay 2 invert OFF (0) or On (1) OFF (0) Update rate: 8ms x number of dumb modules Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 294
    I/O 1 Pr x.21 Pr x.09 Pr x.11 Pr x.31 I/O 2 Pr x.22 Pr x.10 Pr x.12 Pr x.32 I/O 3 Pr x.23 Pr x.03 Pr x.13 Pr x.33 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 295
    Update rate: Read on reset x.48 Analog output 1 source Pr 0.00 to Pr 21.51 Pr 0.00 Update rate: Read on reset x.49 Analog output 1 scaling 0.000 to 4.000 1.000 Update rate: Background read Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 296
    (for a minimum of 10s). If the temperature falls below 90°C, the fan can operate normally again. If the PCB temperature exceeds 100°C, the drive is tripped and the error status is set to 74. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 297: Sm-Io Lite & Sm-Io Timer

    Invert x.17 0.00 State Default source x.07 Pr 0.00 21.51 Input Read-write (RW) 0.XX terminals parameter Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter terminals The parameters are all shown at their default settings Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 298
    Years Real time x.37 clock Real time clock +1 hour Input Read-write (RW) 0.XX terminals parameter Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter terminals The parameters are all shown at their default settings Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 299
    The digital inputs are set-up in positive logic only. This logic cannot be changed. x.07 Relay state (Terminals T21 and T23) OFF(0) or On(1) Update rate: Background write 0: OFF de-energized 1: On energized This parameter indicates the state of the relay. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 300
    Destination parameters define the parameter each of the programmable inputs is to control. Only parameters that are not protected can be controlled by the programmable digital inputs. If a non-valid parameter is programmed, the digital input is not routed anywhere. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 301
    00.00 Update rate: Background read/write x.37 Real time clock years 2000 to 2099 2000 Update rate: Background read/write NOTE Pr x.34 to Pr x.37 are not available on the SM-I/O Lite. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 302
    This parameter is used to scale the analog input if so desired. However in most cases it is not necessary as each input is automatically scaled such that for 100.0%, the destination parameters (defined by the settings of Pr x.43) will be at maximum. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 303
    When a Solutions Module is installed that does not contain software, both Pr x.02 and Pr x.51 appear as zero. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 304: Sm-Io Pelv

    X.14 I/O 4 invert unprotected bit parameter ??.?? x(-1) ??.?? Input Read-write (RW) 0.XX terminals parameter Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter terminals The parameters are all shown at their default setting Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 305
    1 level input 1 destination X.40 unprotected X.43 Analog input 1 variable parameter ??.?? X.38 X.41 Analog Analog ??.?? input 1 input 1 x(-1) mode selector scaling X.42 Analog input 1 invert Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 306
    Figure 5-24 SM-I/O PELV analog output logic diagram T10 Analog output 1 T12 Analog output 2 Input Read-write (RW) 0.XX terminals parameter Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter terminals The parameters are all shown at their default settings Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 307
    T3 digital I/O 1 state x.10 T4 digital I/O 2 state OFF (0) or On (1) Update rate: 4ms write These parameters indicate the input and output states of the terminals. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 308
    A minimum of 500μs must pass between consecutive freeze inputs. If a freeze input should occur less than 500μs after the previous one, the second will be ignored and have no effect on the drive. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 309
    OFF (0) or On (1) OFF (0) Update rate: Background read These parameters select the function of terminals T3 to T5 as follows: OFF (0) = digital input On (1) = digital output Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 310
    Pr 0.00 Update rate: Read on reset Only unprotected parameters can be controlled by analog inputs. If a non valid parameter is programmed to the destination, the input is not routed anywhere. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 311
    This module contains two processors, and thus two software versions. Pr x.02 shows the version number of the main module processor. Pr x.51, which is normally used to give a sub-version number, shows the software version in the slave processor, which operates on the PELV side of the isolation barrier. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 312: Sm-Io 120V

    T8 digital Input 6 x.16 ??.?? unprotected parameter x(-1) ??.?? Input Read-write (RW) 0.XX terminals parameter Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter terminals The parameters are all shown at their default settings Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 313
    EEPROM the option code of the currently installed Solutions Module is saved in EEPROM. If the drive is subsequently powered-up with a different Solutions Module installed, or no Solutions Module installed where one was previously installed, the drive gives a SLx.dF or SLx.nf trip. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 314
    This word is used to determine the status of the digital inputs and relays by reading one parameter. The bits in this word reflect the state of Pr x.03 to Pr x.10. Digital input/ relays Digital input 1 Digital input 2 Digital input 3 Digital input 4 Digital input 5 Digital input 6 Relay 1 Relay 2 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 315
    This Solutions Module includes a temperature monitoring circuit. If the PCB temperature exceeds 90°C, the drive fan is forced to operate at full speed for a minimum of 10s on Unidrive SP. If the temperature falls below 90°C, the fan can operate normally again. If the PCB temperature exceeds 100°C, the drive is tripped and the error status is set to 74.
  • Page 316: Sm-Io 24V Protected

    X.14 I/O 4 invert Any unprotected parameter ??.?? x(-1) ??.?? Input Read-write (RW) 0.XX terminals parameter Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter terminals The parameters are all shown at their default setting Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 317
    ??.?? x(-1) ??.?? T9 digital input 7 state T9 digital T9 digital input 7 input 7 invert destination X.07 X.17 X.27 unprotected T9 digital input 7 parameter ??.?? x(-1) ??.?? Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 318
    Figure 5-32 SM-I/O 24V Protected analog output logic diagram T10 Analog output 1 T12 Analog output 2 Input Read-write (RW) 0.XX terminals parameter Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter terminals The parameters are all shown at their default settings Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 319
    Update rate: Write on power-up On Unidrive SP the menu for the relevant slot appears for the new Solutions Module category with the default parameter values for the new category. When no Solutions Module is installed in the relevant slot this parameter is zero. When a Solutions Module is installed this parameter displays the identification code.
  • Page 320
    OFF (0) or On (1) OFF (0) Update rate: Background read These parameters select the function of terminals T3 to T5 as follows: OFF (0) = digital input On (1) = digital output Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 321
    The parameter required to be represented as an analog signal by the analog output on terminal 10, should be programmed into this parameter. x.49 Analog output 1 scaling 0.000 to 4.000 1.000 Update rate: Background read This parameter can be used to scale the analog output if so desired. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 322
    This module contains two processors, and thus two software versions. Pr x.02 shows the version number of the main module processor. Pr x.51, which is normally used to give a sub-version number, shows the software version in the slave processor. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 323: Sm-Io 32

    Update rate: Write on power-up On Unidrive SP the menu for the relevant slot appears for the new Solutions Module category with the default parameter values for the new category. When no Solutions Module is installed in the relevant slot this parameter is zero. When a Solutions Module is installed this parameter displays the identification code.

  • Page 324
    Pr x.10 as follows: Digital I/O Parameter DIO1 Pr x.09 DIO2 Pr x.10 DIO3 Pr x.03 DIO4 Pr x.04 DIO5 Pr x.05 DIO6 Pr x.06 DIO7 Pr x.07 DIO8 Pr x.08 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 325
    I/O status for all 32 I/O lines will be limited to the read register parameter range before being written to the read register parameter. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 326
    Pr x.51 = zz, where: xx specifies a change that affects hardware compatibility yy specifies a change that affects product documentation zz specifies a change that does not affect the product documentation. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 327: Sm-Applications Modules

    Failed to update drive parameter database cache in Flash memory. Not Run User program downloaded while drive enabled. Will occur if #MM.37 = 1 and a program is downloaded. Failed to change drive mode ♣♥ Invalid CTNet buffer operation. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 328
    1-9. Zero is not permitted since it is used by the master for addressing groups of nodes. This parameter has no effect if the EIA-RS485 mode is 25 (CTSync) or 26 (CTSync) Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 329
    Mode 78: 1 start bit, 7 data bits, ODD parity, 1 stop bit Applications CT-Sync Master The baud rate is fixed at 896875bps Applications CT-Sync Slave The baud rate is fixed at 896875bps Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 330
    Update Rate Initialisation Defines the scheduling period (tick-time), in milliseconds, for the DPL CLOCK task. A value of zero will disable the CLOCK task. NOTE Prior to version 01.05.00 Unidrive SP the default for this parameter was 0ms (disabled). ♦♣♥ x.12…
  • Page 331
    20 (depending upon the setting of Pr x.21). NOTE Note that this will also cause a reset of the module and this parameter will return back to zero automatically. Also if the Unidrive SP is tripped, it will be reset. Menu 81 will not be saved.
  • Page 332
    If menu 20 is to be restored on power-up the user must ensure that this parameter is saved in the drive before powering down. Since menu 20 is a global drive menu, only one option installed to the Unidrive SP should be used to store and restore menu 20, therefore if more than one Applications module is installed to the drive only one should have this parameter set otherwise menu 20 will not be restored correctly on power-up.
  • Page 333
    When this parameter is 0 the drive will trip with runtime error 81 if an APC non-recoverable error occurs, such as use of an initialized CAM function. When this parameter is 1 the drive will not trip when an APC non-recoverable error occurs. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 334
    This parameter is dependant on what is running in the module i.e. Indexer ♣ x.46 User Set-Up Parameter 2 Access Range Default Update Rate N/A This parameter is dependant on what is running in the module i.e. Indexer Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 335
    0 to 99 Default Update Rate N/A Specifies the minor revision number of the operating system of the Applications module. Use in conjunction with Pr x.02 to form the complete version number. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 336: Sm-Ezmotion

    Value Out of Range SP Menu Parameter is out of range. Use the Unidrive SP User Guide to verify the range of the parameter and try again SP Database Setup Error…

  • Page 337
    File Corruption Error — Consult Factory File Corruption Error — Consult Factory Program Error — Too Many Wait For No more than nine arguments in Wait Limit # of arguments and redownloads Instructions for Instruction Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 338
    Module Output Overload this fault occurs, the digital output SM-EZMotion module digital outputs so that device attached to the module outputs they draw no more than 20mA total. is drawing too much current. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 339
    This parameter shows the status of digital Input #2 on the SM-EZMotion module. A value of 1 indicates that the Input is active. A value of 0 indicates that the Input is inactive. This equates Pin # 3 on the EZMotion I/O Connector. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 340
    Pr x.48 = 11023 would signify that user programs are currently running on Task 2 and Task 1, and that a Index is running on Profile 1 while a Jog is running on Profile 0. Pr x.48 = 104 would signify that a user program is running on Task 0 and Gearing motion is running on Profile 0. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 341
    Pr x.50 = zz. Where xx specifies a change that affects hardware compatibility, yy specifies a change that affects product documentation, and zz specifies a change that does not affect the product documentation. When a module is installed that does not contain software both these parameters appear as zero. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 342: Sm-Slm

    Standalone mode (S.AlonE) — uses the SLM module for position feedback, nameplate data and speed loop control. • Fieldbus mode (FiELd.bS) — uses an external host for the speed demand only. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 343
    Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter Serial comms Electronic Menus 15 to 17 Macros Performance RFC mode structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol nameplate SM-SLM Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 344
    5.18 = 8kHz 3.26 = SM-SLM slot SAVE Input Read-write (RW) 0.XX terminals parameter Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter terminals The parameters are all shown in their default settings Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 345
    16 Trip Speed x.03 Lock position feedback x.49 x.29 Action read from Revolution Fine SLM EEPROM Position counter position (CT Coder) Autotune mode x.04 x.05 x.06 x.26 Parameters transferred x.28 LOAD Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 346
    When the feedback device rotates by more than one revolution, the revolutions in Pr x.04 increment or decrement in the form of a sixteen bit roll-over counter. The marker offset corrects this position. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 347
    0 to 5 1 (0.250 s) Drive modes: Encoder only Update rate: Background read This parameter specifies the time delay between the drive power-up and the SLM being available in 250ms units. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 348
    Axis initialisation wait Host mode, wait for SLM to get absolute position SP mode comms set-up Conversion to Unidrive SP type comms SP mode comms set-up wait Host mode, wait for SLM to change to page 2 Wait for hardware enable…
  • Page 349
    Motor saturation point 1 Pr 5.29 • Motor saturation point 2 Pr 5.30 NOTE In Encoder only mode, a parameter save cannot be performed with the drive in either RUN or STOP. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 350
    Indicates that the axis has been correctly initialized and is ready to run. • Encoder only mode: Axis initialised active from sequencer status • Host mode: Axis initialised active from sequencer plus external motion controller Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 351
    When a Solutions Module is installed that does not contain software, both Pr x.02 and Pr x.51 appear as zero. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 352: Fieldbus Module Category Parameters

    EEPROM. If the drive is subsequently powered-up with a different Solutions Module installed, or no Solutions Module is installed when one was previously installed, the drive will trip on SLx.dF or SLx.nF. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 353
    When a Solutions Module is installed that does not contain software, both Pr x.02 and Pr x.51 appear as zero. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 354: Menu 18: Application Menu 1

    Update rate 18.31 to 18.50 Application menu 1 read-write bit Drive modes Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Regen Txt VM DP US RW BU Coding Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Default Regen Update rate Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 355: Menu 19: Application Menu 2

    Update rate 19.31 to 19.50 Application menu 2 read-write bit Drive modes Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Regen Txt VM DP US RW BU Coding Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Default Regen Update rate Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 356: Menu 20: Application Menu 3

    *Menu 20 parameters are non-clonable and cannot be saved in a full parameter type data block or difference from default data block on a SMART card with software versions before V01.07.00. However, with V01.07.00 onwards these parameters are saved in a difference from defaults type data block if they are not at their default value. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 357: Menu 21: Second Motor Parameters

    Pr 1.14 parameter Update rate 4ms read Unlike the motor 1 (Pr 1.14) this parameter is not used for T28 and T29 digital input auto-selection (see Pr 8.39 on page 169). Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 358
    0.0 to 3200.0 s/100Hz Range Closed-loop vector, Servo 0.000 to 3200.000 s/1000rpm Open-loop Default Closed-loop vector 2.000 Servo 0.200 Normal Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo Pr 2.11 parameter Update rate Background read Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 359
    0 to 180,000 rpm Range Closed-loop vector, Servo 0.00 to 40,000.00 rpm Open-loop, 1500 Default Closed-loop vector 1450.00 Servo 3000.00 Normal Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo Pr 5.08 parameter Update rate Background read Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 360
    The table below shows the units. Therefore 1.000 in the parameter represents the resistance shown in the units column. Units Drive size Ω SP0xxx 10.0 SP1xxx to SP5xxx SP6xxx to SP9xxx and SPMxxxxx 0.01 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 361
    Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Range 0.0 to 3000.0 Regen Open-loop, 89.0 Closed-loop vector, Default Servo 20.0 Regen 89.0 Normal motor Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Pr 4.15 parameter Regen Update rate Background read Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 362
    Encoder phase angle Drive modes Servo Txt VM DP US RW BU Coding Range Servo 0.0 to 359.9 ° electrical Default Servo Normal motor Servo Pr 3.25 parameter Update rate Background read Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 363
    Drive modes Closed-loop vector Txt VM DP US RW BU Coding Range Closed-loop vector 0.00 to 5,000.00 mH Default Closed-loop vector 0.00 Normal Closed-loop vector Pr 5.25 parameter Update rate Background read Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 364
    Coding Range Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo 0 to MOTOR2_CURRENT_LIMIT_MAX % Open-loop 165.0* Default Closed-loop vector, Servo, Regen 175.0* Normal Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo, Pr 4.06 parameter Regen Update rate Background read Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 365
    Txt VM DP US RW BU Coding Range Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo 0 to 655.35mm Default Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo 0.00mm Normal Open-loop, Closed-loop vector, Servo Pr 5.36 parameter Update rate Background read Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 366: Menu 22: Additional Menu 0 Set-Up

    SMARTCARD. This ensures that defaults are used for this menu if the saved parameters are from a software version which did not include this menu. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 367: Bit Parameters

    Pr 160.00 to Pr 161.00 to Pr 162.00 to Pr 163.00 to Pr 164.00 to Pr 165.00 to Pr 160.99 Pr 161.99 Pr 162.99 Pr 163.99 Pr 164.99 Pr 165.99 Menu 165 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 368: Macros

    The brake control macro configures the drive to apply or release a mechanical brake on a motor in a crane or hoist application. The drive issues a brake release signal via a digital output when the relevant conditions are met. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 369
    1.00 to 99.99 RO Uni NC PT RW Read / Write Read only Unipolar Bi-polar Bit parameter Text string Filtered Destination Not copied Rating dependent Protected User save Power down save Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 370: Fundamental Differences Between Unidrive Sp And Unidrive Classic

    • Macro 3 on Unidrive SP works in a slightly different way to Unidrive Classic. In the Unidrive Classic Macro 3, the only way in which the preset speeds can be enabled was to switch digital input F6 to logic 1.

  • Page 371: Macro 1 — Easy Mode

    Table 6-2 on page 369, as this is Easy mode. Pr 0.11 to Pr 0.30 are not configured to point to any other parameter in this mode. Table 6-3 Parameter set-up to reproduce Macro 1 on a Unidrive SP Value Parameter 5.14…

  • Page 372
    1.17 Keypad control mode reference Precision reference (not used with Menu 0) Input Read-write (RW) 0.XX terminals parameter Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter terminals Menu 0 changes from default configuration Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 373
    Speed-loop OL> Motor-voltage control 0.09 derivative gain 0.07 Voltage mode selector 0.08 0.10 Boost voltage Estimated motor 0.09 speed Dynamic V/f select Motor speed Power stage 0.10 0.41 PWM switching frequency Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 374: Macro 2 — Motorized Potentiometer

    OFF (0) or On (1) OFF (0) RW Bit 0.29 Motorized pot rate {9.23} 0 to 250 s RW Uni 0.30 Motorized pot scale factor {9.24} 0.000 to 4.000 1.000 RW Uni Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 375
    RFC mode structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol nameplate Table 6-5 Parameter set-up to reproduce Macro 2 on a Unidrive SP Value Parameter 7.14 T7 analog input 2 destination Pr 0.00 8.21 T24 digital I/O 1 source / destination Pr 9.26…
  • Page 376
    0.27 Motorized pot. zero-start select 0.28 Motorized pot. Bipolar select Read-only (RO) 0.29 Motorized pot. rate Output 0.XX parameter 0.30 Motorized pot.output scale factor terminals Menu 0 changes from default configuration Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 377
    OL> Motor-voltage control 0.09 derivative gain 0.07 Voltage mode selector 0.08 0.10 Boost voltage Estimated motor 0.09 speed Dynamic V/f select Motor Motor speed active-current Power stage 0.10 0.13 0.41 PWM switching frequency Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 378: Macro 3 — Preset Speeds

    Preset reference 2 {1.22} ±SPEED_FREQ_MAX Hz/rpm RW Bi 0.27 Preset reference 3 {1.23} ±SPEED_FREQ_MAX Hz/rpm RW Bi 0.28 Preset reference 4 {1.24} ±SPEED_FREQ_MAX Hz/rpm RW Bi 0.29 Not used 0.30 Not used Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 379
    RFC mode structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol nameplate Table 6-7 Parameter set-up to reproduce Macro 3 on a Unidrive SP Value Parameter 8.21 T24 digital I/O 1 source / destination Pr 1.46 8.25 T28 digital input 5 destination Pr 1.45…
  • Page 380
    0.26 Preset reference 2 0.27 Preset reference 3 0.28 Preset reference 4 Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX 0.29 (Not used) parameter terminals 0.30 (Not used) Menu 0 changes from default configuration Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 381
    OL> Motor-voltage control 0.09 derivative gain 0.07 Voltage mode selector 0.08 0.10 Boost voltage Motor speed 0.09 Dynamic V/f select Motor Motor speed active-current Power stage 0.10 0.13 0.41 PWM switching frequency Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 382: Macro 4 — Torque Control

    0 to 40,000 rpm RW Uni 0.29 T5/6 analog input 1 scaling (7.08) 0 to 4.000 1.000 RW Uni 0.30 T7 analog input 2 scaling (7.12) 0 to 4.000 1.000 RW Uni Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 383
    Performance RFC mode structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol nameplate Table 6-9 Parameter set-up to reproduce Macro 4 on a Unidrive SP Value Parameter 7.10 Analog input 1 destination Pr 4.08 7.14 Analog input 2 destination Pr 1.36 8.22 T25 digital I/O 2 source / destination Pr 10.04…
  • Page 384
    Analog input 2 (maximum speed override level) 0.28 Over-speed threshold Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX parameter 0.29 Analog input 1 scaling terminals 0.30 Analog input 2 scaling Menu 0 changes from default configuration Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 385
    OL> Motor-voltage control 0.09 derivative gain 0.07 Voltage mode selector 0.08 0.10 Boost voltage Estimated motor 0.09 speed Dynamic V/f select Motor Motor speed active-current Power stage 0.10 0.13 0.41 PWM switching frequency Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 386: Macro 5 — Pid Control

    RW Uni 0.29 T8 analog input 3 scaling (7.16) 0 to 4.000 1.000 RW Uni 0.30 PID optional enable source (14.09) Pr 0.00 to 21.51 Pr 0.00 RW Uni PT US Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 387
    Performance RFC mode structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol nameplate Table 6-11 Parameter set-up to reproduce Macro 5 on a Unidrive SP Value Parameter 7.10 Analog input 1 destination Pr 0.00 7.14 Analog input 2 destination Pr 1.27 7.15…
  • Page 388
    0.27 Preset reference 8 Read-only (RO) 0.28 Analog input 2 scaling Output 0.XX parameter 0.29 Analog input 3 scaling terminals 0.30 Optional PID-enable source selector Menu 0 changes from default configuration Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 389
    OL> Motor-voltage control 0.09 derivative gain 0.07 Voltage mode selector 0.08 0.10 Boost voltage Estimated motor 0.09 speed Dynamic V/f select Motor Motor speed active-current Power stage 0.10 0.13 0.41 PWM switching frequency Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 390: Macro 6 — Axis Limit Control

    OFF (0) or On (1) OFF (0) RW Bit 0.23 Not used 0.24 Not used 0.25 Not used 0.26 Not used 0.27 Not used 0.28 Not used 0.29 Not used 0.30 Not used Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 391
    Electronic Macros Performance RFC mode structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol nameplate Table 6-13 Parameter set-up to reproduce Macro 6 on a Unidrive SP Value Parameter 1.10 Bipolar select On (1) 2.04 Ramp mode FASt 2.22 Deceleration rate 2 8.39…
  • Page 392
    (not used) terminals parameter 0.26 (not used) 0.27 (not used) Read-only (RO) 0.28 (not used) Output 0.XX parameter 0.29 (not used) terminals 0.30 (not used) Menu 0 changes from default configuration Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 393
    OL> Motor-voltage control 0.09 derivative gain 0.07 Voltage mode selector 0.08 0.10 Boost voltage Estimated motor 0.09 speed Dynamic V/f select Motor Motor speed active-current Power stage 0.10 0.13 0.41 PWM switching frequency Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 394: Macro 7 — Brake Control

    RW Bi 0.21 Not used 0.22 Not used 0.23 Not used 0.24 Not used 0.25 Not used 0.26 Not used 0.27 Not used 0.28 Not used 0.29 Not used 0.30 Not used Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 395
    Macros Performance RFC mode structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol nameplate Table 6-15 Parameter set-up to reproduce Macro 7 on a Unidrive SP Default( ) Parameter 2.04 Ramp mode FASt (0) 3.05 Zero speed threshold 5.27 Enable slip compensation OFF (0) 6.08…
  • Page 396
    At zero speed 0.17 delay indicator Reference enabled indicator 1.11 (see the Unidrive Advanced User Guide) 0.20 Brake application At zero speed 0.17 delay indicator Menu 0 changes from default configuration Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 397
    0.29 (not used) select 0.30 (not used) Motor Motor speed Read-write (RW) active-current 0.XX Power stage parameter 0.10 0.13 0.41 Read-only (RO) 0.XX parameter PWM switching frequency Input terminals Output terminals Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 398: Macro 8 — Digital Lock

    RW Txt no.rP (2) 0.29 Revolution counter {x.04} 0 to 65,535 revolutions RO Uni FI NC PT Drive encoder revolution 0.30 {3.28} 0 to 65,535 revolutions RO Uni FI NC PT counter Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 399
    Macros Performance RFC mode structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol nameplate Table 6-17 Parameter set-up to reproduce Macro 8 on a Unidrive SP Value Parameter 2.02 Ramp enable OFF (0) 2.04 Ramp mode FASt 8.21 T24 digital I/O source / destination Pr 13.15…
  • Page 400
    0.17 Reference encoder/resolver ratio Digital-lock modes: Orientation modes: Feedback-encoder 0.18 speed Feedback encoder 0.30 revolution Orientation counter reference Encoder / feedback 0.19 0.26 position Position 0.20 error Drive encoder input Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 401
    0.26 Orientation reference 0.27 Orientation acceptance window Read-only (RO) Output 0.XX 0.28 Stop mode selector parameter terminals 0.29 Reference encoder/resolver revolution counter 0.30 Feedback encoder/resolver revolution counter Menu 0 changes from default configuration Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 402: Serial Communications Protocol

    Introduction 123456 +123456 Unidrive SP supports an ANSIx3.28 type comms protocol as supported by previous Control Techniques products with some modification to allow If the parameter to be read does not exist the End of transmission access to 32 bit parameters. This chapter describes the implementation character (Ctl D) is returned.

  • Page 403: Drive Address

    1. The command is aborted because a non-numerical value is received in the drive address, menu or parameter numbers. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 404: Modbus Rtu

    0 through 65535. The register address is therefore #menu.param is mapped into the MODBUS register space as menu*100 decremented on the master device before passing to the protocol. + param. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 405: Data Consistency

    Length of register data to write (in bytes) Number of 16bit registers LSB Register data 0 MSB CRC LSB Register data 0 LSB CRC MSB 7+byte count CRC LSB 8+byte count CRC MSB Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 406: Extended Data Types

    #1.29 is a signed 16 bit parameter with a value of 0xABCD, and #1.30 is type. a signed 16 bit parameter with a value of 0x0123. NOTE The selection is applied for the whole block access. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 407: Exceptions

    If a write multiple (FC16 or FC23) request exceeds the slave maximum buffer size then the slave will discard the message. No exception will be transmitted in this case and the master will time out. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 408: Electronic Nameplate

    Therefore, either the speed controller gains defined in the performance object or those derived from the compliance angle, bandwidth and damping factor parameters are used. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 409: Motor Object

    5.11 Motor poles 5.17 Stator resistance (Rs) 5.24 Transient inductance (Ls’) 5.25 Stator inductance (Ls) 5.29 Motor saturation breakpoint 1 5.30 Motor saturation breakpoint 2 5.32 Motor torque per amp (Kt) Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 410: Performance Objects

    Regen current limit 4.12 Torque demand filter 4.13 Current controller Kp gain 4.14 Current controller Ki gain Spare 0 Spare 1 Spare 2 Spare 3 Spare 4 Spare 5 Spare 6 Spare 7 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 411
    Regen current limit 4.12 Torque demand filter 4.13 Current controller Kp gain 4.14 Current controller Ki gain Spare 0 Spare 1 Spare 2 Spare 3 Spare 4 Spare 5 Spare 6 Spare 7 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 412: Performance

    24-26 as input 250μs 24-26 as output 27-29 250μs 31 (enable) 4ms* 4ms* 31 (disable) <100us <100μs Relay output closing 4ms* 4ms* 4ms* 4ms* Relay output opening 4ms* 4ms* 4ms* 4ms* *software only Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…

  • Page 413: Current Feedback

    The phase delay of the current controller has a limiting effect on the response of the outer loop. Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…

  • Page 414: Rotor Flux Control (Rfc) Mode

    To set up the Unidrive SP in RFC mode follow the instructions below. 2. With RFC mode it is possible to switch between closed loop vector mode with a position feedback device and RFC mode while running…

  • Page 415
    Brake control function …………218 Drive reset …………..14 Braking IGBT active …………..179 Drive warning ……………. 181 Braking resistor alarm …………179 DRIVE_CURRENT_MAX …………19 Braking time …………….197 Dynamic V to F …………..122 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 416
    Jog acceleration rate …………… 48 Jog deceleration rate ………….. 49 Jog reference …………….32 Keypad ………………10 Keypad control ……………. 14 Keypad control mode reference ……….37 Keypad operation …………..10 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 417
    Relay source …………….. 168 Resolution …………….51 Revolution counter …………..67 RFC mode …………….414 Rigid position control …………240 Rotating test …………..118 Run time …………….141 Running cost …………….. 141 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide Issue Number: 10 www.controltechniques.com…
  • Page 418
    Stator resistance …………..122 Status mode …………….11 Wire break detect …………..74 Status word …………….202 Stop mode …………….135 Switching frequency — maximum ……….. 124 Zero speed …………….178 Zero speed threshold …………..53 Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide www.controltechniques.com Issue Number: 10…
  • Page 420
    0471-0002-10…

Частотные преобразователи Emerson, равно как и частотники других производителей, предназначены для изменения параметров тока под рабочую частоту промышленной техники. Их используют в управлении насосными станциями, системами водоснабжения, производственными линиями, вентиляторами и т. д. Плавную работу частотников обеспечивает микропроцессор и электронные модули (транзисторы или тиристоры).

Emerson — широко известный и очень надежный американский бренд, но даже такая электроника подвержена неисправностям. На это влияют многие факторы: нарушение норм эксплуатации, механические повреждения, нестабильное электропитание, естественный износ и т. д. Инженерная компания 555 специализируется на ремонте частотных преобразователей Emerson и готова справиться со сложной задачей в кратчайшие сроки.

Основные виды неисправностей и их причины

Наиболее распространенными являются следующие неполадки в работе частотных преобразователей тока:

  1. Перегрев электродвигателя. Вероятная причина — система охлаждения не справляется с оборотами, на которых работает двигатель. Возможно, что дело в неподходящих климатических условиях (слишком высокая температура в рабочем цехе) или в неисправности воздушных вентиляторов.
  2. Двигатель не вращается или вращается с неизменной скоростью. Причиной могут послужить некорректно настроенные параметры выходной или опорной частоты тока. Более точную информацию можно получить, если на дисплее преобразователя высветится код с ошибкой.
  3. Устройство не реагирует на команды с пульта управления. Наиболее вероятная причина — некорректно заданная частота тока.
  4. Низкий уровень напряжения на входе или выходе преобразователя. Тут необходимо откалибровать напряжение до допустимого уровня.

Причинами неполадок в работе частотника также зачастую становятся: нарушение правил монтажа, эрозия и масляные загрязнения, агрессивная внешняя среда, попадание внутрь влаги и пыли, неисправность клемм входа/выхода и др.

Коды ошибок частотных преобразователей Emerson

Высвечивающиеся на дисплее ошибки частотника Emerson позволяют быстро и точно диагностировать характер неполадок в его работе. Предлагаем вашему вниманию некоторые из типичных ошибок устройства:

Код Ошибки Диагностика неисправности
cL.A1 28 Потеря тока в одном из аналоговых входов. В этой ситуации следует проверить корректность подключения и отсутствие повреждений в электропроводке управления.
FAN.F 173 Не запускается внутренний вентилятор. Рекомендуется проверить правильность подключения вентилятора и отсутствие механических препятствий его вращению. Если по первым двум пунктам нарекания отсутствую, требуется замена вентилятора.
FI.In 237 Несовместимость пользовательской микропрограммы с микропрограммой силового блока. В такой ситуации следует перепрограммировать электропривод.
Oht.r 102 Перегрев выпрямителя. Рекомендованные действия: проверить изоляцию кабеля двигателя; усилить вентиляцию; снизить нагрузку на двигатель и т. д.
OI.SC 222 Короткое замыкание на выходе фазы. Рекомендуется проверить отсутствие замыкания в выходном кабеле и целостность изоляции электромотора.
Pb.HF 235 Отказ силовой платы. С такой проблемой следует обращаться в сервисный центр.
th.br 10 Перегрузка тормозного резистора. Рекомендованные действия: проверить проводку, сопротивление и изоляцию неисправного элемента.
thS 25 Замыкание термистора электромотора. Следует проверить целостность его цепи. При необходимости — заменить термистор или двигатель.
Oht.C 219 Перегрев платы в блоке управления. Рекомендуется оптимизировать вентиляцию с помощью настроек системы охлаждения.

Особенности ремонта частотников Emerson

Непреложное правило, которого необходимо придерживаться, — ремонт частотного преобразователя следует доверять профессионалам. Квалифицированные специалисты смогут провести комплексную диагностику устройства и выявить неисправные элементы в его механизме. Следующий этап работы — компонентный ремонт. Поврежденные узлы ремонтируются или заменяются новыми. Финальный шаг — проверка программных настроек. Ее следует выполнять в соответствии с инструкцией по эксплуатации, которую выпускает завод-изготовитель.

Преимущества ремонта частотных преобразователей в Инженерной компании 555

  1. Солидный опыт в ремонте частотников Emerson.
  2. Использование в работе только оригинальных комплектующих.
  3. Гарантия 12 месяцев.
  4. Экономия свыше 50 % средств по отношению к покупке нового оборудования.
  5. Доступные цены.
  6. Оперативное выполнение работы (в течение двух недель).

Обращайтесь в Инженерную компанию 555 прямо сейчас, чтобы как можно скорее получить отремонтированное оборудование.

Каталог

Показывать по элементов

Заявка на ремонт

Инженерная компания 555 осуществляет ремонт промышленной электроники EMERSON в Москве, Санкт-Петербурге, Челябинске и других регионах России. Чтобы узнать о ремонте в вашем регионе, позвоните по телефону +7 (800) 555-89-01 или оставьте заявку:

Звоните +7 (800) 555-89-01

Работать с нами просто, схема взаимодействия

1

Консультация по телефону

2

Отправка оборудования на осмотр

3

Оценка стоимости ремонта

4

Оплата счета

5

Ремонт и отправка оборудования

1Консультация по телефону

2Отправка оборудования на осмотр

3Оценка стоимости ремонта

4Оплата счета

5Ремонт и отправка оборудования

Преимущества сотрудничества с нами

Оплата только за результат — работающий блок

Гарантия на работоспособность блока целиком 12 месяцев

Срок ремонта от 5 до 15 дней

Бесплатный предварительный осмотр на предмет ремонтопригодности

Не вносим конструктивных изменений

Ремонт на компонентном уровне

Наша лаборатория расположена в Санкт-Петербурге, но обратиться за помощью вы можете из любой точки России.
Закажите обратный звонок или наберите в рабочее время многоканальный телефон

+7 (800) 555-89-01 (звонок по России бесплатный).

Расскажите о своей проблеме и получите инструкцию к дальнейшим действиям.

Компания ООО «Барс-Гидравлик Групп»

Компания ООО «Барс-Гидравлик Групп» на протяжении нескольких лет успешно сотрудничает с ООО «Инженерная компания 555» в вопросах ремонта сложного промышленного оборудования. За время работы наш партнер зарекомендовал себя с самой лучшей стороны. Заказы выполняются в кротчайшие сроки при соблюдении высокого качества работ. Организация приема и выдачи заказов четкая. Гарантийные обязательства выполняются в полном объеме.

Выражаем благодарность Вашим специалистам за профессионализм и оперативное решение поставленных задач.

Особенно хочется отметить высокую клиентоориентированность персонала Вашей компании, готовность помочь в самых сложных ситуациях.

Мы высоко ценим сложившиеся между нашими компаниями открытые и доверительные партнерские отношения и искренне желаем «Инженерной компании «555» долгих лет успеха и процветания.

Читать весь
отзыв

ООО «СоюзМашМеталл»

ООО «Инженерная компания «555» оказывала нашей компании услуги по ремонту электродвигателей и проявила пунктуальность, аккуратность и ответственность в работе.

Результат выполненных работ говорит о качественном оборудовании и высококвалифицированных кадрах.

Сотрудники компании готовы выполнить новые для себя виды работ и оказать консультационные услуги, что характеризует их как профессионалов своего дела.

Рекомендуем ООО «ИК «555» как ответственного и надежного поставщика услуг.

Читать весь
отзыв

ООО «РСК»

Сообщаем, что наша организация сотрудничает с ООО «Инженерная компания «555» с мая 2016 года по настоящее время.

За этот период мы обращались к услугам компании более 10 раз.

Благодаря серьезному и квалифицированному подходу сотрудников ООО «Инженерная компания «555» ремонтные работы произведены качественно с учетом сроков, и обеспечены гарантийным сопровождением.

Планируем в дальнейшем работать с ООО «Инженерная компания «555»

Читать весь
отзыв

ОАО «Октябрьский электровагоноремонтный завод»

Уважаемый Дмитрий Васильевич!

ОАО «Октябрьский электровагоноремонтный завод» успешно работает с ООО «Инженерная компания «555» несколько лет, очень довольны данным сотрудничеством. В работе компании наибольшую ценность для нас представляет готовность работать на условиях, удобных Заказчику, качественный ремонт оборудования в заявленные сроки и самое главное, финансовая защищенность Заказчика. В инженерной компании работают внимательные, доброжелательные сотрудники, готовые в любой момент решить проблему Заказчика. Мы рады, что выбрали ООО «Инженерная компания «555» в качестве партнера. Гарантируем дальнейшее сотрудничество!

Читать весь
отзыв

ЗАО «ОХТИНСКОЕ»

ЗАО «Охтинское» выражает глубокую признательность и истинную благодарность ООО Инженерной компании «555» за качественную работу компании по ремонту сложного оборудования промышленной электроники, оперативность и технически грамотное отношение к работе в течении всего периода сотрудничества.

Мы надеемся на дальнейшее успешное развитие деловых отношений в сфере ремонта промышленной электроники.

Читать весь
отзыв

Техническое обслуживание оборудования

Помимо ремонта, компания ik555 предлагает услугу по техническому обслуживанию оборудования нашими инженерами на вашем предприятии, либо в нашей лаборатории

  • Крупнейшая лаборатория в России по ремонту промышленной электроники на компонентном уровне
  • Международный сертификат стандарта IPC
  • Более 10 000 отремонтированных электронных блоков
  • Более 2 000 заказчиков от малого бизнеса до крупнейших корпораций

Подробнее

Как мы работаем

Parameter

Keypad and

Parameter

structure

display

x.00

5.17.10

Product Variants

Different product variants within the SM-Applications range have different functionality and therefore some variants do not use all of the applications

module parameters. Modules that do not support all of the features have had hardware support for the unsupported features removed.

A comprehensive list of differences between the modules can be found in the relevant user guide for the SM-Applications module being used.

.

As some variants do not support all features of the SM-Applications range (for example SM-Applications Lite does not support CTNet) some error

codes and parameters are unused in these variants.

NOTE

A mark next to the following parameters will indicate whether that parameter is available for a particular variant of the Applications module. The mark

for each variant is as follows:

SM-Applications Lite

SM-Applications

SM-Applications Plus

Table 5-35 Solutions Module error status value for Application modules

Error Code

39

User program stack overflow

40

Unknown error — please contact supplier

41

Parameter does not exist. User has attempted to read or write a non-existent parameter in the DPL program.

42

Attempt to write to a read-only parameter.

43

Attempt to read from a write-only parameter.

Parameter value out of range. (User has written an illegal value to a parameter within a DPL program). If

44

parameter #MM.17=0 the value written will be automatically limited and no error will occur.

45

Invalid synchronization modes

46

Unused

47

Synchronization lost with CTSync Master.

RS485 not in user mode. Occurs if user attempts to use a user-mode RS485 DPL command but the RS485 port

48

is not in a user-mode.

49

Invalid RS485 configuration. For example, invalid mode.

50

Maths error — divide by zero or overflow.

51

Array index out of range. E.g. arr%[20] where arr% has only been DIMensioned to 19 elements.

52

Control word user trip. Instigated by setting the trip bit in the control word #90.11

53

DPL program incompatible with target. For example, downloading a program compiled for UD70.

DPL task overrun. This occurs if the DPL code within a real-time task (e.g. POS0) cannot be completed in time.

Use parameter #88.02 to identify the task in which this error occurred. Check that the task scheduling rate is

correct and that there are no loops in the task. This can also occur as a result of external influences such as a

54

large burst of data coming in over CTNet.

This problem may be overcome by changing the CTNet priority so that it is lower than the POS tasks. This,

however, may cause the CTNet task to be starved.

55

Invalid encoder configuration. Only applies to system file V01.02.01 or earlier.

56

Invalid timer unit configuration

57

Function block does not exist.

Flash PLC Storage corrupt. Occurs at startup and will mean that the PLC register set (P/Q/T/U) and menu 20 will

58

not have been restored. If this problem persists it may indicate a hardware failure so contact your supplier.

59

Drive rejected application module as Sync master

60

CTNet hardware failure. Please contact your supplier.

61

CTNet invalid configuration. Check all configuration parameters

62

CTNet invalid baud-rate. Check #MM.24 and network connections.

63

CTNet invalid node ID. Check #MM.23.

Digital Output overload. Both digital outputs will be taken inactive when this occurs and will remain inactive until

64

the error condition is cleared. The trip threshold is 20mA.

Invalid function block parameter(s). You have called a FB within a DPL program but one or more of the inputs

65

are invalid.

User heap too large. The program has been compiled for a target that has more RAM than this one has. Occurs

66

at startup.

67

RAM file does not exist or a non-RAM file id has been specified.

68

The RAM file specified is not associated to an array.

69

Failed to update drive parameter database cache in Flash memory.

70

User program downloaded while drive enabled. Will occur if #MM.37 = 1 and a program is downloaded.

71

Failed to change drive mode

72

Invalid CTNet buffer operation.

Unidrive SP Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 10

Parameter

Advanced parameter

description format

descriptions

Reason

♣♥

♣♥

♣♥

♣♥

♣♥

♣♥

♣♥

www.controltechniques.com

Serial comms

Macros

protocol

.♣♥

♣♥

♣♥

Electronic

Performance RFC mode

nameplate

Trip

ERROR

Drive?

task?

Yes

No

Yes

No

May

Yes

May

Yes

May

Yes

May

Yes

Yes

No

N/A

N/A

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

May

Yes

May

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

N/A

May

Yes

Yes

N/A

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

May

No

May

No

May

No

May

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

May

No

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

Menus 15 to 17

SM-Applicat’ns

Prog

Halted?

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Not Run

N/A

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

N/A

Yes

N/A

Yes

Not Run

Not Run

Yes

No

No

No

No

Yes

Yes

Not Run

Yes

Yes

Not Run

Yes

Yes

Yes

327

0 0 голоса
Рейтинг статьи
Подписаться
Уведомить о
guest

0 комментариев
Старые
Новые Популярные
Межтекстовые Отзывы
Посмотреть все комментарии

А вот еще интересные материалы:

  • Яшка сломя голову остановился исправьте ошибки
  • Ясность цели позволяет целеустремленно добиваться намеченного исправьте ошибки
  • Ясность цели позволяет целеустремленно добиваться намеченного где ошибка
  • Emc 99 ошибка iveco
  • Embraco vcc3 2456 коды ошибок